Uploaded by Екатерина Коломыцева

Бармина. Артикль

advertisement
Jl. А. Б арм ина
И. П. Верховская
Практикум
по английскому языку:
артикли
У чебное пособи е
для вузов
МОСКВА
АСТРЕЛЬ, ACT
2000
УДК 802.0
ББК 81.2 Англ
Б 254
Рецензент:
д-р филол. наук проф. М. Я. Блох
Бармина JI.A., Верховская И.П.
Б 254
Практикум по английскому языку: Артикли. — 2-е изд.,
испр. — М.: ООО «Издательство Астрель»: ООО «Издатель­
ство АСТ», 2000. — 192 с.
ISBN 5-271-00790-1 (ООО «Издательство Астрель»)
ISBN 5-17-001365-5 (ООО «Издательство АСТ»)
Основная направленность пособия —• предупреждение ошибок
в употреблении артиклей. В пособии изложены правила функци­
онирования артиклей, которые иллюстрируются примерами из
художественных произведений английских и американских писате­
лей. Эта часть пособия может быть использована и как справоч­
ник. Упражнения второй части пособия составлены с учетом пос­
ледовательной самостоятельной работы студентов над темой.
УДК 802.0
ББК 81.2Англ
ISBN 5-271-00790-1
(ООО «Издательство Астрель)
ISBN 5-17-001365-5
(ООО «Издательство ACT*)
© Л.А. Бармина, 2000
© ООО «Издательство Астрель», 2000
CONTENTS
USE OF ARTICLES..................................................................
6
General n o tio n ............................................................................
6
Functions of the articles.............................................................
7
Classification of n o u n s...............................................................
8
9
Use of articles with common nouns...................................... .
Articles with countable n o u n s
. ,
9
Meanings pf articles with countable n oun s....................
9
Articles with countable nouns modified by attributes
li
22
The generic use of the definite article .......................
Articles with uncountable n o u n s
. ,
24
Articles with names of substances.....................
24
Articles with abstract n o u n s................................
27
Articles with nouns referring to unique objects . . .
33
Articles with nouns in some syntactic position s................
34
Articles with predicative n o u n s ...................
34
Articles with nouns in apposition................................
36
Absence of articles in parallel structures....................
38
Absence of articles with v o ca tiv es................................
38
Articles with nouns introduced by a s ........................
39
Articles after the exclamatory w h a t ............................
39
Absence of articles in absolute constructions . . . . .
40
Special difficulties in the use of a rticles......................
40
Articles with names of sea so n s............................... .
40
Articles with names of times of the day and night . . .
41
Articles with names of m e a ls ..............................
43
Articles with names of d isea ses.........................
44
45
Articles with the noun s e a ..................................
Articles with the nouns school, college, hospital, etc
45
Articles with the noun so c ie ty ..............................
47
Articles with the noun town .
..........................
47
Articles with the nouns radio and television....
47
Articles with nouns in some common expressions . . .
48
Place of a r tic le s ........................................................................
49
51
Use of articles with proper n ou n s...........................................
Articles with personal n a m e s........................................
51
Articles with geographic n a m e s....................................
54
Articles with other semantic groups ofproper names
56
E X ER C ISES................................................................................
68
KEY TO THE E X E R C ISE S................................................
>72
ПРЕДИСЛОВИЕ
Предлагаемое пособие посвящается одному из самых сложных и
важных грамматических явлений английского языка — артиклю. По
свидетельству специалистов методики преподавания иностранных
языков и преподавателей английского языка многочисленные ошиб­
ки в употреблении артиклей встречаются в речи студентов не толь­
ко младших, но и студентов старших курсов институтов и факульте­
тов иностранных языков, т. е. в ближайшем будущем — преподавате­
лей английского языка.
Одна из главных трудностей состоит в том, что обучение упот­
реблению артиклей происходит без опоры на родной (русский) язык,
в котором артикли отсутствуют. Другая, не меньшая трудность за­
ключается в сложности определения грамматических значений ар­
тиклей, являющихся основным средством выражения категории оп­
ределенности/неопределенности в английском языке. Как извест­
но, этот вопрос решается грамматистами по-разному. По этим причи­
нам затруднения вызывает не только сам процесс формирования
навыков употребления артиклей в устной и письменной речи, но и
предварительный этап — усвоение правил функционирования ар­
тиклей.
В то же время высокая частотность употребления артиклей, кото­
рая объясняется их морфологической функцией показателей сущест­
вительного, их роль в формировании функциональной перспекти­
вы предложения делают обучение навыкам правильного использо­
вания артиклей в речи задачей первостепенной важности.
Сказанное выше определяет содержание и структуру пособия.
Первая часть включает подробное описание правил функцио­
нирования артиклей в современном английском языке. Авторы со­
чли необходимым привести некоторые сведения об артикле, не
имеющие прямого отношения к практическому владению употреб­
лением артиклей. Мы имеем в виду краткую характеристику артик­
ля как одного из составляющих синтаксического класса детермина­
тивов. Эти сведения представляются нам существенными для рас­
ширения филологического кругозора студентов. При формулирова­
нии правил использовалась терминология, принятая в грамматиках
4
отечественных авторов, а также в зарубежных грамматиках, изданных в нашей стране1. Правила иллюстрируются примерами, взяты
ми в основном из художественных произведений британских и
американских писателей XX века. При этом следует указать, что
некоторые примеры подверглись сокращению, так как примеры из
художественной литературы иногда длинны и трудны для понима­
ния, поскольку они привязаны к ситуации художественного произ­
ведения, из которого взяты. Однако такие сокращения производи­
лись без искажения основного содержания и грамматического оформ­
ления предложений, использованных в качестве примеров.
Там, где это необходимо, в пособии указывается на различия в
употреблении артиклей в различных типах речи (устной, письмен­
ной, разговорной, литературно-книжной), а также на различия,
характерные для основных территориальных вариантов современного
английского языка — британского и американского.
Вторая часть состоит из упражнений. В пособие включены
упражнения, отражающие различные стадии в обучении употребле­
нию артиклей. Следует прежде всего указать на упражнения анали­
тического характера, целью которых является обеспечение понима­
ния правил функционирования артиклей, а также закрепление зна­
ния этих правил. Большое место отводится упражнениям, направлен­
ным на выработку навыков употребления артиклей. Кроме того, пред­
лагаются упражнения полутворческие и творческие, в которых ста­
вится задача использования изученных грамматических явлений в
определенных ситуациях общения.
Пособие предназначается для студентов факультетов и институ­
тов иностранных языков, филологических факультетов университе­
тов, а также студентов гуманитарных и технических университетов,
занимающихся по программам углубленного изучения английского
языка. Кроме того, оно может быть использовано в школах, лицеях
и гимназиях с углубленным изучением английского языка.
Авторы
1Крылова И.П., Гордон Е.М. Грамматика современного английского язы­
ка. М., 1999; Каушанская В.Л. и др. Грамматика английского языка. JI.,
1973; Кобрина Н.А. и др. Грамматика английского языка. Морфология. М.,
1985; Quirk R. et al. A University Grammar of English. М., 1982; A Practical
English Grammar. М., 1978.
USE OF ARTICLES
GENERAL NOTION
§ 1. The articles belong to a syntactic class of words
called determiners which modify a noun. The determiners
include:
1. the definite and indefinite articles — a, an, the;
2. the demonstrative pronouns — this/these, that/
those;
3. the conjoint form of possessive pronouns ( i.e . the
form that is used with nouns but not separately) — my,
your, his, her, its, our, their;
4. the pronouns which, whose, each, every, some, any,
no, (n)either, enough, much, more, most.
There are two features that distinguish determiners
from other words in a noun phrase, i . e . in a word group
consisting of a noun and its modifiers. Firstly, only one
determiner can be used in a noun phrase, which means
that determiners are reciprocally exclusive; secondly, a
determiner with Very few exceptions comes first in a noun
phrase:
a beautiful red rose, some English books, his new black
suit
A noun in the genitive case can function as a deter­
miner:
George’s old friend, the manager’s office
It should be explained that in the phrase the manager’s
office the definite article refers to the noun manager’s
which together with the article is a determiner to the noun
office. This can be proved with the help of substitution]
6
the manager’s '
the f оШсе
this j
§ 2. The indefinite article a, an has developed from
the numeral one (O.E. an) and retains some of its earlier
meaning: it occurs only before singular nouns:
Peter started life as a Schoolmaster.
Sitting at a round table, sipping a glass of orange juice
was a handsome gray-haired man who was an old friend.
The definite article has developed from the O.E. de­
monstrative pronoun se and the demonstrative meaning is
clearly felt:
The screenplay ( = this screenplay) is based on a novel.
The lady ( = this lady) is waiting to see you.
The articles are unstressed as a rule. The indefinite
article is a la] before nouns beginning with a consonant
sound (a girl, acat, ahouse, a letter) and an fan] before nouns
beginning with a vowel sound (an eagle, an idea, an arm).
Care should be taken not to use an before words begin­
ning with vowel letters which are pronounced as conso­
nant sounds (a European country, a unit, a one-syllable
word).
An is used before the so-called “silent h" (an hour, an
heir).
Some British speakers prefer an to a before a pro­
nounced h if the first syllable is unstressed (a historian— an
historian).
The definite article the is pronounced Ida] before con­
sonant sounds (the storm, the horse, the woman) and Idi]
before vowel sounds (the apple, the uncle, the oak).
There are also Stressed forms — a lei], an [sen], the Idi:],
which appear if the following word is emphasized or before
a pause:
You don’t mean to say that funny little man is the
Charles Matthews?
This is a, er, poem I’ve written for the occasion.
FUNCTIONS OF THE ARTICLES
§ 3. The articles have morphologic, syntactic and
communicating functions.
7
The morphologic function of the articles consists in
serving as a formal indicator of the noun: the presence
of the article signals that what follows is a noun.
The articles have two syntactic functions:
1. The article separates the noun phrase from other parts
of the sentence:
( a magazine.
John has brought < an interesting magazine.
( an interesting English magazine.
2. The article may connect sentences within a text by
correlating a noun it modifies with some word or a group
of words in the previous context:
John has brought a book. The book is interesting.
Thus, the article in such a case has the connecting
function.
The articles also have the communicating function.
A noun with the indefinite article may introduce new
information in the sentence: it is then the focus of commu­
nication (“the rheme” of the sentence):
A pretty girl of about eight ran into the room.
A noun with the definite article in the initial position
usually indicates given information and is not the focus
of communication (“the theme” of the sentence):
The girl ran into the room.
CLASSIFICATION OF NOUNS
§ 4. The use of the articles is influenced by the kind of
noun they modify. The division of nouns into countable
and uncountable and also into common and proper is
relevant to the use of the articles.
Countable nouns, as the term suggests, refer to objects
(things, persons, phenomena, abstract notions) which can
be counted; these nouns, therefore, have the singular and
the plural form:
a book — two books
a man — men
a storm — storms
an idea — some ideas
a mistake — many mistakes
Uncountable nouns denote substances or abstract no­
8
tions which cannot be counted; therefore, uncountable
nouns have no plural form:
water, food, gold; progress, courage, hospitality
As we see, abstract nouns can be both countable and
uncountable.
There are also nouns which are neither countable nor
uncountable. These are so-called collective nouns denoting
groups of objects or living beings as undivided bodies
(furniture, equipment, the bourgeoisie, the proletariat,
etc.).
Proper nouns are names of specific people, places,
months, days, newspapers, etc.:
Lord Byron, France, July, Sunday, The Times
USE OF ARTICLES WITH COMMON NOUNS
ARTICLES WITH COUNTABLE NOUNS
Meanings of articles with countable nouns
§ 5. The indefinite article and the absence of article
(the zero article). The indefinite article has the nominat­
ing, classifying, numeric and generalizing meaning. As
the indefinite article is used only with singular nouns, the
absence of article before plural nouns has similar meanings
(the only exception being the numeric meaning). Thus,
the absence of article is meaningful and is often called the
zero article.
The principal meaning of the indefinite article is to
denote what kind of object (thing, person, etc.) the speak­
er has to do with:
A man and a woman sat opposite us, but they did not
talk.
Gloria pushed a button in the wall.
We saw a house with a tawn in front of it.
A voice called out “Come ini”
This is the nominating meaning as we give a name to an
object we have in mind.
The indefinite article may assign an object to a certain
class or kind of similar objects. This may be called 'th e
classifying meaning of the indefinite article:
Her brother was a student at Balliol College.
“Sir Wilmer has always been a good neighbour to us,”
said Davina.
9
His aunt, a woman of uncertain age, was also present at
the ceremony.
Nouns with the indefinite article in the classifying mean­
ing are usually predicatives or appositions in a sentence.
The difference between the nominating and the clas­
sifying meaning becomes apparent if we turn the examples
given above into the plural.
In the case of the nominating meaning plural nouns may
be preceded by words like some, several, a few or by a nu­
meral:
Two men and two girls sat opposite us.
a few men, a few girls
some men, some girls
In the case of the classifying meaning plural nouns
cannot be preceded by those words or by numerals:
Her brothers were students at Balliol College.
Sometimes the meaning of oneness becomes predomi­
nant. In such cases we can speak of the numeric meaning
of the indefinite article:
An hour in the morning is worth two in the evening.
Quinn couldn’t hear a word she spoke.
The indefinite article always has the numeric force
before the numerals hundred, thousand, million and the
nouns dozen and score:
A hundred or so men, women and children were sitting
round the fire.
He bought a dozen ties at Woolworth’s.
In the generalizing meaning the indefinite article in­
dicates that the following noun denotes a typical member of
a class:
A cat is a domestic animal. ( — Every cat is a domestic
animal.)
A tiger is dangerous. ( = Every tiger is dangerous.)
The generalizing meaning remains if we turn the nouns
In the above-given examples into the plural. Plural nouns
in the generalizing meaning are used without any articles
Cats are domestic animals.
Tigers are dangerous.
10
§ 6. The definite article. The definite article is used
with both singular and plural nouns. The definite article
has the specifying meaning and the generic meaning.
In the specifying meaning the definite article denotes
that the following noun refers to a particular object (thing,
person, etc.) or particular objects as distinct from all
others of the same class:
Lynn followed the boy, but at a little distance.
Conan punched the number — the call was answered on
the first ring.
Nothing was natural in the room except the plants.
The definite article is used in the generic meaning when
reference is made to a class of objects as a whole (also see
§16):
The tiger is dangerous.
The cat is a domestic animal.
Note. In the previous examples we can replace the tiger by
a tiger or tigers, the cat by a cat or cats. However, there is a differ­
ence in meaning. The cat, the tiger are used in an abstract sense—
reference is made to the class of cats or tigers as a whole. When
we say a cat, a tiger we mean what is normal or typical for any
member of the class of cats or tigers. Therefore, replacement of
the kind shown above is not always possible. For example, we can
only say “The cat was domesticated many centuries ago”, but not
“A cat was domesticated many centuries ago”, since the statement
fs true of the class of cats and not of any individual specimen of
the class.
Articles with countable nouns modified
by attributes
§ 7. Both the indefinite and the definite article may be
used before nouns without any attributes and before nouns
modified by different kinds of attributes. The meaning of
attributes and their influence on the use of articles is
different.
In accordance with their role in the choice of articles
attributes may be divided into limiting and descriptive.
A limiting attribute is used to point out a particular
object (a person, a thing, etc.) or a number of objects as
distinct from all other objects of the same class or kind.
A noun with a limiting attribute is used with the definite
article in the specifying meaning:
There was a crowd of people in the principal street of the
village.
J1
With real triumph she led Andrew to view the first
fodil.
ff ,
She sat down and accepted the cigarette he offered her.
A descriptive attribute describes an object or a number
of objects; it may also give additional information about
them:
Edward wore a large straw hat of native make.
There was a wonderful concert at the Victoria Hall we
could have gone to.
A descriptive attribute does not affect the use of arti­
cles; therefore not only nouns with the indefinite article (as
in the examples above), but also nouns with the definite
article can be modified by descriptive attributes.
In the examples below the definite article is used with
nouns modified by descriptive attributes because the iden­
tification of the objects is made with the help of the con­
text:
Hercule Poirot looked thoughtfully at the young vital
face staring at him so thoughtfully.
The big steamer dropped our mail and went on its way.
In the following example the definite article is used
because the noun thought besides having the descriptive
attribute pleasant is modified by the limiting attribute
of no surgery in the evening:
After a few morning consultations tvith the pleasant
thought of no surgery in the evening Andrew went on his
round.
Attributes modifying nouns may be expressed by sepa­
rate words, word groups or clauses. They may be preposi­
tional or postpositional.
§ 8. Modification by adjectives. Attributes expressed by
adjectives may be limiting or descriptive depending on the
context or the situation. Thus, in the examples below the
adjective tall is a descriptive attribute in the first sentence
and a limiting attribute in the second sentence:
I saw a tall good-looking woman.
The tall man remained sitting and the short one ap­
proached us.
Adjectives in the superlative degree are always lim­
iting attributes:
12
You are the most irritating person I have ever met.
This is the safest way out, I ’m sure.
Note. In sentences like She is a most charming girl we find the
indefinite article before most because it is an intensifier here and
is synonymous to very.
There are adjectives and adjective pronouns that always
have a limiting force because of their lexical meaning.
The most common of them are: same, only, very, main,
principal, left, right, central, following, present, former,
latter, last, next, etc.:
Sorry, I ’ve dialled the wrong number.
Which is the right way to Exeter?
The only thing that spoiled his appearance was the
thinness of his mouth.
Her articulation was so distinct that you could hear her
every word in the last row.
They spent the latter part of the year on the farm.
You are the very man I want to talk to.
As is clear from the examples given above, nouns modi­
fied by these adjectives often require postmodification by
other attributes.
The adjectives alleged, necessary, opposite, previous,
lower, upper, usual, so-called and some others may be
used both as limiting and descriptive attributes, though
they occur more often as limiting attributes:
He came in surrounded by the usual crowd.
A cup of coffee and a roll is a usual continental break­
fast.
Note 1. Nouns denoting time such as dajf, night, morning,
afternoon, week, year, etc. are used without any article when they
are modified by the adjectives next, last in present time contexts:
They got married last year.
Her son is going to college next year.
In past time contexts the definite article may be used in simi­
lar cases, but its use is not obligatory:
The next day he looked for her on the beach, but there was no
sign of her or the children.
Next morning gay-coloured umbrellas were going up in the
sun.
However, when the adjectives next, last are followed by an
ordinal numeral the definite article is obligatory:
The next three months 1 studied the art of hornblowing under
the direction of an adept,
13
There Is no article In such combinations as on Monday last, in
May last, etc.
Note 2. The adjective only is used as a descriptive attribute
in combination with the nouns daughter, son, child Wheil these
nouns mean “somebody’s child, an offspring”:
Is he an only child?
Isabel was an only daughter of wealthy parents.
Note 3. A noun (singular or plural) modified by the adjective
pronoun other is used with the definite article when two objects
or two groups of objects are contrasted:
The difference between the two sisters was remarkable: one was
gay, outspoken, a good companion; the other sister was reticent
and held herself aloof from all of us.
Mrs. Donaldson and I remained on the veranda, and the other
guests went to the pool with Patrick and Sonia.
In the second of the above given examples the other guests
means “all the other guests”, “the rest of the guests”. However,
when the speaker is not sure that all the rest of the objects are
meant the definite article is not used:
Some boys and girls were bathing in the sea, other holiday•
makers were sitting or lying on the yellow sand of the beach.
Other may be used as a noun pronoun. The definite article
Is used with it in the same way as with nouns modified by the ad­
jective pronoun other:
The twins were not jealous of each other’s success; one was
clever at studies, the other at sports.
I gave him several cigarettes; he lighted one with a shaky
hand, having put the others into his pocket.
Some of his former friends forgot him, others thought he had
died or left the country.
The indefinite article with other is spelled as one word
another, which has the following meanings:
a) different
I have another plan in my mind.
The hat is a size too big. Show me another one.
b) one more of the same kind, additional
Will you have another cup of tea?
In the second meaning another can be used with plural nouns
preceded by few or a cardinal numeral:
He gave her another five dollars.
We are going to stay here another few weeks.
In the above given examples another is used because the speaker
thinks of five dollars as an indivisible sum of money and of few
weeks as a certain period of time.
Adjectives can sometimes be postposed, i.e. they can
follow the noun they qualify. Postposition is characteris­
14
tic for such adjectives and adjectivized participles as
absent, present, proper, involved, concerned and some
others, which function as limiting attributes:
The delegates present discussed the agenda of the con­
ference.
The people Involved were asked to come and testify.
The city proper does not occupy a large territory.
Note. Some nouns with postposed adjectives form set phrases:
president elect, heir apparent, postmaster general, attorney gen­
eral, notary public, princess royal.
Other adjectives when postposed often occur as heads of
adjective phrases, which are usually used as descriptive
attributes:
She had dark splendid eyes and a red mouth tremulous
with laughter.
Edward was dressed in shabby clothes, none too clean.
It was a great land-locked harbour big enough to hold a
fleet of battleships.
§ 9. Modification by numerals. Cardinal numerals are
used only as descriptive attributes:
They received three invitations to Sunday parties.
There were two officers of high rank among the guests.
In the following example the definite article is required
by the situation:
The five days seemed an age to him.
Ordinal numerals are usually limiting attributes!
She was the first celebrity I interviewed.
“I t ’s the fourth room dawn the corridor,” the clerk said.
No article is used when an ordinal numeral follows a
noun:
Have you read Chapter Ten?
Open the book at page twenty-five, please.
An ordinal numeral may mean “another”, “one more’*.
A noun modified by an ordinal numeral in this meaning is
used with the indefinite article:
Encouraged by her smile the boy took a third helping of
the apple pie.
IS
4<I hope you won’t need a second reminder#MMr. Chester
said sternly.
Note. The numerals first, second, third in combination with
certain nouns form set phrases, which may be used with the defi­
nite or the indefinite article according to the context or the situa­
tion:
I have never won a first prize, but I won a second prize once.
There was a fancy-dress dance and Mary won the second prize:
a box of chocolate creams.
“Stanley won’t come: he has been invited to a first night at
the theatre, which he can’t miss,” said Barbara.
Other set expressions especially of adverbial character are
used without any article: at first hand, at first sight, to do some­
thing first thing (col.), on second thpught(s).
/
§ 10. Modification by participles. Attributes expressed
by present and past participles may be both prepositional
and postpositional.
When placed in preposition they function as a) limiting
or b) descriptive attributes depending on the context or the
situation:
a) You are a grown boy: you must help your parents.
The alarming news was considered carefully and dis­
cussed from various points of view.
b) The bat made up his mind to join the winning side.
In postposition a participle is usually the head of a
phrase which may be a) descriptive or b) limiting:
a) Over the bed was a fat little cherub dangling a lamp
with a pink shade.
She was attired in safari slacks and a smok boldly pat­
terned in black and brown.
b) Jack Almond was thought the cleverest of all the
young people attacked to the Foreign Office.
§ 11. Modification by nouns in the genitive case. When
an attribute is expressed by a noun in the genitive case the
article or its absence mostly refers to the noun in the geni­
tive case. The meanings of articles used with nouns in the
genitive case are the same as with nouns in the common
case:
a) the specifying meaning:
Bateman did not quite like the fellow’s manner ( = the
manner of the fellow), so he got up and left the room.
16
The man's eyes ( = the eyes of the man) were veiled with
tears when he pictured this scene to himself.
b) the nominating meaning:
She is a neighbour's daughter ( = the daughter of a neigh­
bour).
c) the generalizing meaning:
There must be some poison in a lion's teeth ( = the teeth
of any lion) because I sometimes have a pain in my left
leg where that confounded lion got hold of me.
d) the generic meaning:
I stand in the place of the doctor. The doctor first diag­
noses the patient's disorder ( = the disorder the patient suf­
fers from), then he recommends a course of treatment.
The poet's talent ( = the talent of the poet) is born with
him, but I doubt if this can be said of the artist.
In the examples given above the nouns in the genitive
case function as determiners to the head noun. (See § 1.)
One of the specific features of attributes expressed by deter­
miners including nouns in the gevitive case is that they
take the place of the article before the head noun and there­
fore come first in the noun phrase. Other attributes to the
head noun, if there are any, are placed after a noun in the
genitive case (with the exception of several groups of words
about which see § 52):
the boy’s 1 .
. . .
the
/ (yo^ger) sister
the ^
S } new English text-book
Note. No article is used if a noun in the genitive case is a prop­
er name:
Margaret's face did not show what she was thinkingabout.
There is no article either before an adverb inthe genitive case:
We didn’t go to yesterday's concert.
Today’s newspapers haven’t been delivered yet.
A noun in the genitive case may be used as a descriptive
attribute to the head noun: the article (or its absence) then
refers to the head noun, as in a women's college, a children’s
hospital, a doctor's degree, widow’s weeds, a doll’s house
(BrE, AmE — a doll house), sheep’s eyes, cow’s m ilk, la­
dy’s stockings, a lady's maid, a world's fair, a three months’
leave, a summer’s day, etc.:
17
The kites sang dryly like raven's wings in flight.
It was a pity she had nevdr had a chance of playing
Rosalind; she would have looked all right in boy's clothes.
“She is going to sail for Europe at noon tomorrow for
a two-years' sta y ” said Richard.
In the examples above raven’s wings does not mean the
wings of one particular raven, but a kind of wings; similar­
ly boy’s clothes means a kind of clothes. The absence of the
article before raven's wings and boy's clothes refers to the
plural nouns wings and clothes. The indefinite article in a
two-years’ stay is accounted for by the fact that it refers to
the singular noun stay. It is im portant to note that such
combinations cannot be substituted for by of-phrases.
A noun in the genitive case used as a descriptive attri­
bute is not a determiner; it may be preceded by other at­
tributes also referring to the head noun:
They gave the girl a beautiful doll's house as a birthday
present.
Go to bed and have a good night's rest.
The expensive widow's weeds only emphasized her pret­
tiness.
(Compare with nouns in the genitive case used as de­
terminers: attributes placed before them never refer to the
head noun:
They saw the old woman’s house in the clearing before
them, but there were no signs of life there.)
§ 12. Modification by nouns in the common case. Nouns
in the common case frequently occur as attributes to other
nouns. They mostly function as descriptive attributes,
the choice of article depending on the context or situation.
In this function they do not take plural endings:
The leather binding was worn and the pages were yellow
with age.
Her father was an enthusiastic stamp collector.
Occasionally we find nouns (especially proper names)
used as limiting attributes:
Costumes of the Regency period were designed for the
dancers.
I am not guessing — I know the Forster family had noth­
ing to do with it.
18
Note. In modern English we often come across more than two
nouns in the common case used as attributes:
The winter tennis tournament ended only yesterday.
A London Sunday paper published curious data concerning oil
production in the North Sea.
§ 13. Modification by prepositional phrases. A preposi­
tional phrase consists of a preposition followed by a noun
(at the window, for his children). A prepositional phrase
may be used as a) a limiting or b) a descriptive attribute!
a) As I took the cup from her I was conscious of the
click of a camera.
She seated herself so that I could see the man at the screen
very well.
b) From one of the bookshelves Julia took a bundle of
her latest photographs.
I made plans to put up two or three hotels and bungalows for occasional residents.
A prepositional phrase may contain various preposi­
tions, but the most frequently used is a phrase with the
preposition of, or the of-phrase, which is a genitive equi­
valent in modern English. The meanings of the of-phrase
are difficult to define and classify. The main identifiable
meanings of structures with descriptive of-phrases are as
follows:
1. a container with its contents:
a box of matches, a cup of tea; a pot of coffee, a bowl
of soup, a glass of water
(Compare with a matchbox, a tea-сир, a coffee-pot, a soup
bowl, etc., which are used for empty containers.)
2. a certain quantity:
a lump of sugar, a slice of lemon, a pinch of salt
3. measure:
a temperature of 20° C, a height of two hundred metres,
a weight of two pounds, a distance of three miles, a pound
of butter
4. origin:
a native of Wales, a man of Kent, a descendant of a good
family
5. characteristics of an objecti
a woman of great charm, a man of courage, a question
of importance, a matter of urgency
6. age:
a man of middle age, a boy of five
7. material a thing is made of:
a box of cedar wood, a coat of mail, a heart of gold (met­
aphorical use)
Note. In modern English the of-phrase is rarely used to denote
material. As a rule we find an attributive noun in preposition to
the head-noun in this meaning: older English, modern English;
a ring of gold—a gold ring; a wall of glass—a glass wall.
8. composition:
a herd of deer, a crowd of people, a flock of birds, a
bunch of flowers, a sheaf of documents, a pile of papers
9. two objects of the same kind or an object consisting
of two parts of the same kind:
a brace of pheasants, a pair of gloves, a couple of ap­
ples, a pair of trousers
10. indication of implied analogy:
a beast of a man (i.e. a man behaving like a beast), a
peach of a girl (i.e. a girl as beautiful and fresh as a peach),
a gem of a housekeeper, a fool of a woman
The of-phrase is a descriptive attribute in a construc­
tion called “the double genitive” as it contains the of-genitive and the s-genitive:
a friend of my brother’s, a daughter of Mr. Parker’s,
an opera of Verdi’s, a sonata of B ritten’s
As has been stated above, the of-phrase may have a lim­
iting force as well. Mark the most typical kinds of struc­
tures with limiting of-phrases:
the city of Chicago, the sound of the bell, the figure of a
man, the position of a teacher, the foot of the hill, the bank
of the river, the wife of the local doctor, the number (i.e.
the total quantity) of people, the shadow of a tree, the shot
of a gun, the face of a woman, the manager of a hotel, the
edge of the table, the story of his life
If a head-noun refers to a part or a section of a thing
denoted by a noun in the of-phrase, the head-noun may be
20
used either with the definite or the indefinite articles
the (a) leg of the table, the (a) wheel of the car, the (a)
door of the car
Note. With animate nouns the genitive case is usually used in
similar cases:
the cat’s paw, the man’s leg
A prepositional phrase may contain a gerund instead of
a noun. Prepositional gerundial phrases are usually lim­
iting attributes:
I heard that he had started off for South Africa in the
wild hope of making a fortune.
Lady Kastellan had the reputation of being a beauty.
Sometimes a prepositional gerundial phrase is treated
as a descriptive attribute, especially when its head-noun
is an object of the verb to have:
He had a feeling of missing something important.
She always got her own way. People and events had a
fashion of shaping themselves to suit her.
§ 14. Modification by attributive clauses. Attributive
clauses may be limiting or descriptive.
In the following examples attributive clauses are lim­
iting:
She was flattered by the compliments he paid her.
“So you are the gentleman who sent me those lovely flow­
ers,” she said with a smile.
In the examples below attributive clauses are descrip­
tive; the choice of the article is determined by the context or
the situation:
They managed to get fairly good parts in a play that
had proved a success.
People who live in glass houses should not throw stones.
The short holiday which he spent in going to the theatre
every night was almost at an end.
Note. A descriptive attributive clause may be separated from
the noun it qualifies by other parts of the principal clause for
stylistic reasons, mainly not to make the beginning of the sentence
“heavy":
Then on incident happened which to Bateman was the most
mortifying experience of the evening.
21
A limiting attributive clause always follows the headnoun.
§ 15. Modification by infinitives. The infinitive may
function as a) a descriptive or b) a limiting attribute de­
pending on the context or the general situation:
a) At a time like that there are things to be glad of.
The doctor had a savage desire to tell him the whole
truth.
b) “May be he is the man to ask about work,” she thought.
The clinic was a world of hope and the will to recover.
The generic use of the definite article
§ 16. As has been shown in § 6, the definite article has
the generic meaning when it is used with singular nouns
referring to a class of objects as a whole:
The rose is one of the few flowers that look better picked
than growing.
The steam engine was a powerful instrument of human
progress.
He repeated that the horn resembled the humaji voice
more than any other instrument.
The noun man has no article when used with generic
reference; the noun woman is used either with the definite
article or without any article:
“Man is helpless in this case,” he said shrugging his
shoulders.
(The) Woman rarely loses heart in the face of financial
or other straits.
The generic use of the definite article is typical of only
certain semantic groups of nouns, namely, of scientific
terminology and names of plants, living beings and occu­
pations.
§ 17. The definite article in the generic meaning is also
found with collective singular nouns denoting mainly
social classes or groups as undivided bodies (the proleta­
riat, the bourgeoisie, the aristocracy, the nobility, the peas­
antry, the intelligentsia, the elite, the public, the press).
Some of these nouns, though singular in form, take the verb
in the plural (the clergy, the gentry, the police) >
22
This is how people lived and fought against tsarism and
the bourgeoisie, how they established a new social order.
“The British public hasn’t been told the whole truth,
don’t forget that ” he said.
His first novel was favourably received by the press.
The clergy always take sides with the nobility and the
bourgeoisie.
The police were unable to cope with people’s wrath.
Note. The noun public may be used with a plural verb when it
has no generic reference:
The public are admitted from 10 a.m. to 6 p.m.
Mark that the combination public opinion is used without any
article:
Public opinion demands that people should be moved from
overcrowded areas in accordance with the decision of the town
council.
The noun people when used generically (meaning “all
the persons forming a state”) takes the definite article.
The Soviet people are fighting for peace all over the
world against nuclear danger.
When the noun people means “persons, human beings
in general” it has no article.
“People who pluck bluebells from the woods are van­
dals,” he said vehemently.
The nouns mankind, humanity, though used in a col­
lective sense, take no article:
“Mankind lives on a wonderful planet,” the speaker
said, “which must remain habitable for future genera­
tions.”
§ 18. Partially substantivized adjectives are used with
the definite article in the generic meaning as they denote
groups of people:
Fortune favours the brave.
It is a dirty drab district where the poor live.
Partially substantivized adjectives are often names of
nationalities (the British, the French, the Irish, the Swiss,
etc.)i
23
“The French do not trouble much about things,” said
George, “th at’s their advantage.”
Americans will never understand why the British pro­
nounce certain words in the English language the way they
do.
Note. However, we can only say an Irishman, many French­
men, etc., when the idea of collectivity is absent:
Two middle-aged Frenchmen were having coffee at the next
table.
§ 19. The definite article in the generic meaning is used
with plural nouns which denote social classes, religious
groups, nationalities as undivided bodies (“the whole body
of”).
These are such nouns as the Communists, the Social Dem­
ocrats, the Tories, the Republicans, the imperialists, the
capitalists', the catholics, the Anglicans, the Protestants',
the Russians, the Hungarians, the Americans, the Italians,
the Germans, etc.:
The Communists did not forget for a moment that victo­
ries had to be won not only on the battlefields, but in
ideological clashes as well.
He accused the Tories of taking away citizens’ right to
vote freely for metropolitan councils.
The fascists were defeated in World War II but fascism
still exists.
Note. If there is no generic reference these nouns may be
used without any article or with the definite article in the speci­
fying meaning:
The Italians I have met all love opera.
Italians are musical people as a rule.
ARTICLES WITH UNCOUNTABLE NOUNS
Articles with names of substances
§ 20. Absence of article (the zero article) and the in­
definite article. Names of substances are used in the singu­
lar, but they do not take the indefinite article as they do
not express the idea of oneness. Names of substances are
generally used without any article; the absence of the ar­
ticle (the zero article) has the nominating meaning:
While packing, George and Harris upset salt over
everything.
24
The lady of the house was filling ceramic pots with
soil from a plastic dishpan.
We didn’t take beer or wine: they are a mistake on a
trip.
Names of substances may be modified by descriptive
attributes, which only narrow the notion denoted by a
noun without specifying it. Therefore nouns having de­
scriptive attributes are used with the zero article as well:
There was not a sjngle thing made of real wood in the
room: all was metal and plastic.
A humorist says that the British have successfully
transformed tea into colourless and tasteless gargling-water.
“Your child needs fresh air and sunshine,” said Dr.
Gray.
§ 21. Names of substances sometimes become countable
when their meaning is changed. In such cases they follow
the general rules of the use of articles with countable
nouns. These nouns usually denote:
1. a kind or a variety of substance:
“My doctor allows me to drink only French white
wines,” my companion said. “They are so light.”
They don’t sell good coffees in the shop any longer.
She felt lost among all those ladies dressed in silks and
satins.
2. a portion of food or drink:
We sat down at the table and Simon ordered two beers
for us and a coke and an ice for Kit.
I remember a friend of mine buying a couple of cheeses
at Liverpool.
§ 22. Sometimes countable nouns are treated as names
of substances and are used in the singular with the zero
article. This kind of use is often found in partitive con­
structions after the nouns patch, bit, piece, scrap:
The sky was clear of cloud, the sunlight bright enough
to bring sparkle to the factory windows.
She went round the corner of the house to the patch of
garden behind the kitchen.
You see that great belt of trees with a scrap of river be­
yond?
25
Such countable nouns as a duck, a lamb, a chicken, a
fish, a turkey, a salmon, a lobster, etc. are used as names of
substances when they denote flesh used for food:
Fried fish is often eaten with chips.
Is there duck on the menu?
She heaped a plate high with salmon and lobster and
went off into a corner.
We had cold turkey for supper.
Note. In some cases, however, special words are used to de­
note Clesh used as food: a sheep — mutton, a calf — veal, a pig —
pork.
§ 23. The definite article. The definite article is used
with names of substances when the speaker has in mind
specific (restricted) quantity of substance or substance
situated at some particular place:
Visitors said they had never noticed before how strong
the air at that sea-side town was.
As I unfolded my napkin, I knocked over the vase of
anemones. The water soaked the cloth and ran down on to
ray lap.
I rose and shaking the feathery dust of last year's leaves,
set off towards the house.
This meaning of the definite article is called restricting.
As is clear from the examples quoted above, restriction by
means of quantity or place is shown with the help of a lim­
iting attribute or is understood from the context or the
situation.
§ 24. Some collective nouns denoting a group of objects
thought of as a whole, behave like names of substances.
Among them are furniture, machinery, equipment, crockery,
hardware, silverware (siloerplate), table silver, chinaware
(china), luggage, baggage (AmE), foliage, etc. These nouns
follow the rules of the use of articles for names of sub­
stances:
The office was a businesslike place: metal file cabinets
and furniture, dull blue-gray walls.
The cat, lured by the clink of china, sauntered in to de­
mand and get a saucer of milk.
The travellers planned to buy the necessary equipment
in Sweden.
Articles with abstract nouns
§ 25. Absence of article (the zero article). Abstract un­
countable nouns (like names of substances) take no article
when used in a general sense. The absence of the article
(the zero article) before abstract nouns has the nominating
meaning:
The dog huddled close to Tamar’s feet for protection.
It was obvious that Mr. Low found marriage a very
satisfactory state.
Abstract nouns may be modified by descriptive attri­
butes.
If a descriptive attribute narrows the notion denoted
by the noun making it less general no article is used. Such
attributes (attributes of the first ty p e )1 are expressed by
adjectives the main identifiable semantic groups of which
are as follows:
1. adjectives denoting nationality (Russian, French,
English, etc.):
English literature, French poetry, Italian music
2. adjectives denoting social characteristics {feudal,
capitalist, proletarian, racial, religious, bourgeois, etc.):
bourgeois
prejudice, racial segregation, feudal law
3. adjectives denoting periods of time, often historical
periods
{contemporary, modern,
ancient, Victorian,
mediaeval, daily, further, etc.):
modern art, ancient history, further discussion
4. adjectives denoting authenticity or reliability
(true, authentic, solid, false, dubious, reliable, real, genuine,
etc.):
real freedom, genuine happiness, true friendship
5. adjectives denoting degree or extent {perfect, great,
sufficient, immense, sheer, utter, huge, tremendous, complete,
absolute, infinite, considerable, etc.):
immense joy, sheer foolishness, infinite power
6. adjectives denoting various genres or trends in art
{dramatic, theatrical, classical, romantic, detective, etc.):
1 About attributes of the second type see § 27,
27
dramatic criticism, romantic prose, detective litera­
ture
7. adjectives referring to man’s social and spiritual life
[social, public, political, intellectual, spiritual, moral,
mental, humane, immoral, personal, reasonable, etc.):
humane philosophy, mental arithmetic, public recog­
nition
8. adjectives characterizing man’s manner or behaviour
(polite, brusque, formal, nervous, serious, etc.):
nervous attitude, formal behaviour, brusque gesticu­
lation
9. adjectives denoting position or locality (outside,
inside, inner, local, internal, external, etc.):
local distribution, inner vision, inside information
10. adjectives characterizing phenomena as recurrent
or going on without stopping [continual, i.e. occurring
again and again with short breaks, continuous, i.e. going on
without stopping, constant, incessant, etc.):
incessant talk, constant displeasure, continuous show­
ing of moving pictures
Examples:
She exercised great ingenuity in altering old costumes
so that they looked new.
I tried to instill in myself genuine realization that I
was at home.
I am certain that they achieved perfect happiness.
In Italy they studied Renaissance and Baroque archi­
tecture.
The woman had considerable charm.
“I didn’t know public approval was on my side,” he
said.
It was sheer stubbornness on his part, and she knew that
it was useless to argue with a man when his mind was
made up.
“Don’t come, it was false alarm ” Janet said when I
called the Bassats up.
They discussed modern architecture.
“Political scandal will kill your chances to be elected,’1
said Mr. Keith.
28
Mrs. Garnet had infinite faith in her son’s talent as a
pianist.
There are also some other adjectives of different mean­
ings which serve as descriptive attributes of the above­
described (first) type to abstract uncountable nouns.
They are: good, bad, free, critical, ordinary, plain, physical,
human, consistent and some others:
He lacked ordinary honesty as a critic.
Her grandfather was said to have been a man of huge
physical strength.
If you are interested in human psychology you will be
amused by this story.
If a descriptive attribute is expressed by a noun in the
common case, an abstract noun as a rule requires no article
either:
Family affection was unknown to him.
This is how science fiction should be conveyed on tele­
vision.
It was II p.m., Greenwich time.
§ 26. A number of abstract nouns may function both as
uncountables and countables. In the latter case they fol­
low the general rules for the use of articles with countable
nouns. There is often considerable difference in meaning:
Uncountable
work— работа
There was hard work to
be done on the ranch.
nature— природа
We must live in peace
with nature.
decision— решимость
Mr. P itt was a man of
decision.
beauty— красота
Beauty is only skin deep.
experience—опыт
Countable
a work — произведение
He spoke of the picture as
a work of art.
a nature— натура, характер
The man had a violent na­
ture.
a decision— решение
We couldn’t come to a de­
cision.
a beauty—красавица
She was a beauty twenty
years ago.
an experience—случай, пе­
реживание
29
We a]I learn by experience.
It
was an unusual expe­
rience.
Abstract nouns used both as countables and uncounta­
bles may have the same lexical meaning. Among them are:
difficulty — difficulties, chance — chances, discussion —
discussions, talent — talents, war — wars and others:
Uncountable
Countable
It will take great effort The efforts were rewarded,
to help her.
You mustn’t leave things You have a good chance to
to chance.
win the tournament.
The question will not We had a discussion before
bear discussion.
we reached agreement.
Sometimes countable abstract nouns are treated as
uncountable and take no article in the singular form.
This kind of usage may be found in prepositional phrases
(esp. after the prepositions of, w ith, in):
We were in the midst of sound, in the streets of Monte
Carlo.
Jennifer has made the discovery that a vast part of
ordinary human conversation is made up of memories.
You shouldn’t get angry with people without reason.
He looked at us with suspicion.
Jam es disappeared inside the shop in hope the customer
would buy something.
§ 27. The indefinite article. An abstract noun may be
used with the indefinite article when a certain aspect of the
notion denoted by the noun is meant: an abstract noun
expresses a certain kind of quality, emotion, state, etc.
This meaning of the indefinite article is called aspective.
An abstract noun mostly has a descriptive attribute in
such cases (an attribute of the second ty p e ).1 Besides
bringing out a certain aspect of the notion denoted by
the noun the indefinite article also has a stylistic effect
making a description more vivid. Therefore the use of the
indefinite article with abstract nouns is characteristic
of the belles lettres style:
He was filled with a loathing ha had never known.
He scanned her face: it expressed a dramatic eagerness.
1 About attributes of the first type see § 25,
Э0
Looking back upon that luncheon now it is invested for
me with a curious glamour.
If an abstract noun is modified by the adjectives cer­
tain or peculiar the indefinite article is obligatory:
There is a peculiar tension about her and yet her face
doesn’t show it.
Of course, you had to admit that he had a certain shrewd­
ness, but he was not nearly so clever as he thought him­
self.
The indefinite article in the aspective meaning may
also be found with abstract nouns which have no attri­
butes, but this kind of use occurs more rarely:
I was aware now of a sickness ( = a kind of sickness).
She knew now why a softness had crept into the air;
the sea was near.
Note. The indefinite article is often omitted if an abstract
noun modified by a descriptive attribute of the second type is
used in the following syntactic functions:
1. a predicative:
It was gallant courage, and it had stood her in such stead
during her mother’s long illness.
2. an attribute expressed by a prepositional phrase (mostly
an of-phrase):
She was a woman of wonderful generosity and would give away
everything she possessed.
3. an adverbial modifier of manner expressed by a preposi­
tional group (mostly with the prepositions with or in):
She sang with such tragic beautiful anguish that my heart melt­
ed within me.
He shouted at them in helpless rage.
The nouns pity, shame, disgrace, pleasure, relief,
comfort, disappointment are always used with the indef­
inite article in the following constructions:
1. in sentences with the formal it as subject when they
are used as predicatives of the main clause:
It is a pity you don’t ride or shoot, you must miss a lot.
2. in exclamatory sentences after what:
What a shame you didn’t write down her address!
What a disgracet
31
What a disappointment!
(Compare with: I read disappointment in her eyes.)
The following nouns are never used with the indefinite
article: advice, assistance, bliss, breeding, cunning, con­
trol, evidence, guidance, health, fun, information, luck,
money, nature, news, nonsense, permission, progress,
trade, weather, work:
A full moon was shining on us: nature as though she
knew what was proper for the occasion, had set the right
scene.
If you want solid information about people in the thea­
ter or films the place to go for it in New York is the Players
on Gr a mercy Park.
“I am going to tell you a story and ask you for advice
and perhaps for a ssista n c e he said.
I thought she was going to be generous after all, wish
me tuck and give me encouragement.
What nasty mother we are having todayl
Some people say that no news is good news.
“Oh, but we haven’t been as slow as all that,” he said.
"Definite progress has been made.”
§ 28. The definite article. The definite article is used
with abstract nouns when the abstract idea denoted by a
noun is applied to a definite situation or object:
The unexpectedness of our arrival left everybody speech­
less.
I went up the hotel steps alone with a lt the despondency
of a child whose treat is over.
In the darkness we could not see her face.
The meaning of the definite article with abstract nouns
is restricting. The restriction of the abstract notion denoted
by a noun is shown by a limiting attribute or is clear from
the context.
The definite article is always used with substantivized
adjectives denoting abstract notions:
“I am not Uncle Wilmer,” Ian stated the obvious as he
dashed to the front door.
Muttering under his breath he surrendered to the inevi­
table and took the dogs with him.
“I don’t believe in the supernatural,” Sir Henry said.
32
To this group also belong such nouns always used with
the definite article as the present, the past, the future,
the singular, the plural:
“I am certain nothing will happen in the near future,”
Colonel Ross said.
He told strange stories of the pdst, stories of hazardous
expeditions into the unknown, of love and death, of hatred
and revenge.
I imagined how he and I would be together in the dining­
room planning the future.
Note. Mark the difference in meaning between the expressions
In future (впредь), i.e. from this time on, and in the future (в бу­
дущем), i.e. after a certain period of time passes:
1 hope in future you’ll be more careful.
Everybody knew an enviable position awaited him in
future.
the
The noun future may be used with the indefinite article
when it is the focus of communication (the rheme of the
sentence — see § 3):
It was an uncertain future, but she had nobody else to
turn to for help.
Articles with nouns referring to unique objects
§ 29. Nouns referring to objects which can be treated
as unique for practical human purposes are generally used
with the definite article. These are such nouns as the sun,
the moon, the sky, the universe, the atmosphere, the
world, the earth, the ground, the horizon, the cosmos. The
definite article is used in the specifying meaning, since
the noun refers to a specific object which Is the same for
the whole of mankind:
“The whole country belongs to me,” said Jem, “with
the sky for a roof and the earth for a bed.”
The clouds moved swiftly and the yellow glow of the
sun swam into view above a breast of mist.
When I came in, Triffin was looking through the win­
dow and scanning the horizon.
The texture of the ground was crisp, and the short grass
crunched beneath the foot like shingle.
The noun sky is sometimes used in the plural in literary
style:
2 Заказ 415
33
The skies were overcast with low-flying clouds and the
moon was blotted out.
Note. However, outer space (or space), the synonym of the
cosmos, is used without any article:
"It’s a fantasy,” Marsden said. "A woman from somewhere in
outer space comes to Earth.”
(In the example quoted above, also mark the absence of the
article before the noun Earth, which is used as the name of our
planet, i.e. as a proper name.)
There are also nouns which refer to objects (persons or
things) treated as unique in their own sphere. Because of
that these nouns are used with the definite article. For
example, if a country has a president, he is always the pres­
ident to citizens of the country as reference is always made
to the same person. This is also true of such nouns as the
Queen (of Britain), the fiver (the Thames in London), the
Prime Minister, etc.:
The President was in his country residence.
The Prime Minister is expected to visit France at the end
of the month.
§ 30. A noun referring to a unique object is sometimes
used with the indefinite article if it is the rheme of a sen­
tence, i. e. if it introduces new information or the most
important part of the information conveyed by a sentence.
(See also § 3.) Nouns are often (but not necessarily) modi­
fied by descriptive attributes in such cases:
If there was a moon Mary turned off the lights and then
they sat looking through the window at the cool blue gar­
den.
From that height the white houses seemed to be pricked
by a great orange sun.
ARTICLES WITH NOUNS IN SOME SYNTACTIC
POSITIONS
Articles with predicative nouns
§ 31. Singular nouns in the function of a predicative are
mostly used with the indefinite article and plural nouns
with the zero article. The indefinite and the zero article
have the classifying meaning (see § 5):
“I am an orphan. My father was a sea captain — he died
when I was eight,” said Freda.
31
“They are nice people ,” Robert said, “but they have
never been intimate friends of ours"
If a predicative noun is modified by a limiting attri­
bute the definite article is used:
“My brother George is the only relation I have," said
Sir Henry.
“Poor lamb,” she thought, “I suppose this is the той
wonderful moment in his whole life"
When a predicative noun denotes a unique post (rank,
occupation, s’tate) it is used either with the definite article
or without any article:
He was the head of a great publishing firm .
Lord Kastellan was immersed in politics — he was
Under-Secretary at the Home Office.
I was told that she was the wife of a Cabinet Minister
out of office.
“Mrs. Ross is wife of the theatrical producer of the most
successful Broadway shows,” the hostess said proudly.
Note. With the nouns son and daughter the definite article
is typical:
He is the son of a University professor.
She was the daughter of a bank clerk.
However, the indefinite and the zero article are also possible,
the former stressing that there are more than one son or daughter
in the family and the latter—the social position of the person
denoted by the predicative noun:
He is a son of a Unix>ersity professor.
He is son of a University professor.
Predicative nouns after the link-verbs to turn, to go
take no article. The verb to turn indicates a change of
occupation or allegiance:
He turned sailor.
Nobody expected him to turn traitor.
The verb to go denotes change of political allegiance:
He went Democrat, though his brother remained a Re­
publican.
When predicative nouns are followed by the adverb
enough they acquire an adjectival character and are used
without any article:
2»
35
She was child enough to feel sorry about the loss of the
toy.
He was fool enough to believe that.
In adverbial clauses of concession with inverted word
order predicative nouns are used without any article. It
should be remembered, however, that the use of the con­
struction with inverted word order is restricted to literary
style:
Child as he was, he was desperate with hunger and reck­
less with misery.
The rules of the use of articles with predicative nouns
are true for nouns used as objective and subjective predic­
atives after the verbs to appoint, to elect, to choose, to
call, to think, to make, to consider, to fancy, to imagine,
to name:
Objective predicatives
Everybody considered
her a well-brought up
girl.
All those present unanimously elected him
chairman of the club.
They made him (the)
captain of the team.
Subjective predicatives
She was considered a wellbrought up girl,
He was unanimously elected
chairman of the dub.
He was made (the) captain
of the team.
Articles with nouns in apposition
§ 32. Singular nouns in apposition are usually used with
the indefinite article and plural nouns with the zero arti­
cle. Both the indefinite and the zero article have the classi­
fying meaning (see § 5):
Jimm y Langton, a fat bald-headed, rubicund man of
forty-five, had a passion for the theatre.
“The only people you don’t know here are Mr. and Mrs.
St Clair, new friends of ours,” said Clara.
If a noun in apposition has a limiting attribute or if the
speaker is certain that the object (person, thing) denoted
by the appositive noun is known to the hearer, the definite
article is used:
Monday, the day of our departure, was cold and rainy.
Larry Shields, the director, spent some time talking to
the two actors on the stage.
36
These stories by W. S. Maugham, the famous shortstory writer, are set in and around Malaya.
When an appositive noun denotes a unique post (rank,
occupation, state) it is used either with the definite arti­
cle or without any article:
Mr. Turner, head of the firm, spent a few days there
waiting for a ship.
Sheila, the only child of well-to-do parents, had money of
her own.
The report was made by David Watson, the chairman
of the association.
Note. The rules for the use of articles with the nouns sonand
daughter in the function of a predicative (see §31) hold good for
these nouns in the function of an apposition:
John, the son (a son, son) of an eminent politician, was a stu­
dent at Oxford.
Appositive nouns denoting titles (ranks, posts) are
used without any article when they precede personal
names:
Dr. Ross
President Roosevelt
Lord Byron
Princess Margaret
Sir Charles
Prof. Drake
Queen Elizabeth
Colonel Casey
Judge Parker
Lady Quern
(AmE)
Foreign titles, however, require the definite article
before personal names:
the Emperor Napoleon, the Czar Peter
Note. It is important to remember that when titles are not
followed by a personal name articles are used:
He is a professor.
The professor is going to give a public lecture.
Appositive nouns denoting family relations take no ar­
ticle before personal names:
Aunt Agatha, Cousin George, Uncle Tom
Other appositive nouns take the definite article when
used before personal names:
the painter Hogarth, the critic Hudson, the girl Mar­
tha, the student Jones, the Republican leader Foster, the
pianist Carter
37
Note. In AmE the definite article is often omitted:
critic Hudson, Republican leader Foster
A frequent use of this kind of apposition is found with
names of books, films and with scientific terms:
the novel “War and Peace”, the film “Lady Hamil­
ton”, the verb “to be”, the term “heavy water”
Absence of articles in parallel structures
§ 33. There is no article in so-called parallel structures
such as from tree to tree, from street to street, from house to
house, etc. These are free combinations as they are freely
built up by the speaker with the help of the pattern “from +
N + to + N”, in which the same noun is repeated:
The voice, which had risen in tone, questioningly,
from sentence to sentence, dropped suddenly.
There was no fireplace, but a long radiator ran almost
from end to end of the room under the window.
He leaned back in his long chair and rolled from side to
side with laughter.
There are also set expressions among parallel struc­
tures, the most common of which are: arm in arm, hand in
hand, man to man, face to face, shoulder to shoulder, from
beginning to end, from north to south, from floor to ceiling,
from right to left:
The daffodils were in bloom, massed like an army,
shoulder to shoulder.
At the end of the living-room there were bookshelves
from floor to ceiling.
“These delicate matters are best handled face to face,”
he said grimly.
Absence of articles with vocatives
§ 34. There is no article with vocatives, i.e. nouns used
in addressing a person:
Conan smiled. “Thanks, Sergeant. I ’ll do that.”
“Is he all right, doctor?” she asked anxiously.
It is necessary to remember that most vocatives are
either familiar or peremptory in character:
“Well, man, what are you going to do now?” Gabe asked.
Stop that noise, girlsl
38
Articles with nouns introduced by “as"
§ 35. Nouns introduced by as are mostly used with the
definite or the indefinite article:
I agreed to say something as a favour to Max.
His treatise on economics was chosen as the main text­
book at the University.
It was clear that once installed as the mistress of the
house she would institute a wholesale rearrangement, both
of furniture and of lives.
However, sometimes we come across the omission of
article in this position:
After their talk Tilda resumed her duties as hostess,
gracious and graceful as ever.
Although she was much older she treated me as con­
temporary.
We must teach English as spoken language.
It should be stressed that the use of articles (as well as
their absence) after as is always correct. Therefore in the
above given examples we can also say as the hostess, as a
contemporary, as a spoken language.
Articles after the exclamatory “what"
§ 36. After the exclamatory what the indefinite article
is used with singular countable nouns:
What a stunning room this is!
What a horrible storyl
The indefinite article is also found after the exclama­
tory what in reported speech:
They told one another what a grand time they were
having.
“They all say what a young face you havel” she ex­
claimed.
Care should be taken not to use the indefinite article be­
fore abstract uncountable nouns:
What extraordinary advice!
What useful information he has given you!
What good work you have done!
Note. In questions (direct or indirect) singular countable
nouns do not take the indefinite article:
39
What hotel are you going to stay in?
He asked me what train I would go by.
Absence of articles in absolute constructions
§ 37. Articles (or other determiners, for example, pos­
sessive pronouns) may be omitted in non-prepositional
absolute constructions:
She had her plump elbows on the table, coffee cup encir­
cled in both hands.
She was electrically alive, eyes bright, smile inviting.
Lyn Hatch, beard unkemt, rain parka sodden, eyes
ringed with dark shadows, stood inside the kitchen door.
Such constructions are characteristic of narration in
novels and stories and are not used in spoken English.
SPECIAL DIFFICULTIES IN THE USE OF ARTICLES
Articles with names of seasons
§ 38. Names of seasons (winter, spring, summer, autumn
and AmE fall) are mostly used without any articles though
the definite article may be found even in general statements:
In London there are certain afternoons in (the) winter
when the clouds hang heavy and low.
In (the) summer I liked to sit on one of those convenient
benches on the sea-front.
(The) Winter came and with it snowstorms and severe
frosts.
He stayed with them until (the) spring.
“We must get there before (the) winter sets in,” he said.
“I hate (the) autumn,” Jane said.
Note. The definite article is usually used in the prepositional
phrase in the fall (AmE).
However, names of seasons are used wnnom any article
in the function of a predicative:
It was spring and the air was pleasant.
It was not summer yet, but the sea was already warm.
If names of seasons are modified by limiting attributes
or lilnitation is clear from the context or situation, the
definite article is used:
It was the autumn of 1942, and most men in London were
in military uniforms.
40
The sea looked like slate, cold still from the long winter.
The definite article is also obligatory after the preposi­
tions during, for, through:
The family moved to the country for the winter.
During the autumn he often came to see me in my office
and one day asked me for a job.
“He won’t last through the summer,” Cora repeated.
When names of seasons are modified by descriptive
attributes they take the indefinite article:
It was a warm summer and the lodging houses were full
in Elsom.
It was a rainy autumn.
However, when names of seasons are modified by the
adjectives late or early, there is no article:
It was late autumn.
It is early spring.
Articles with names of times of the day and night
§ 39. This semantic group includes the following nouns:
day, night, evening, morning, noon, afternoon, dusk,
twilight, midnight, nightfall, daytime, sunrise, sunset.
Names of times of the day and night are used without any
article in the following cases:
1. when they denote “light” or “darkness”:
Dusk fell without my noticing it.
The sun set behind the hills and night came.
2. after the prepositions at, after, before, by, till, un­
til, towards, past (at night, by evening, past midnight,
at dawn, at dusk, before noon, till morning, until midnight,
etc.):
Towards evening they went along to the restaurant car
to have dinner.
All her life she always got up at dawn.
3. in the function of a predicative;
It was evening-, the fishermen’s boats were returning one
by one.
It was dusk, but the men were still at sea.
4. when these nouns are modified by nouns denoting
days of the week or the words yesterday or tomorrow:
41
He was the man who had sat on the Carltoii terrace on
Thursday afternoon.
We’ll meet tomorrow morning.
5.
in the combinations of adverbial character all da
(long), all night (long), day after day, day in day out, from
morning till night, night after night, day and night (night
and day), from day to day:
The messenger rode day and night stopping only to
change horses.
Workers at the first manufactures were made to work
from morning till night.
Quietly Dr. Walker went to his work day after day.
Names of times of the day and night are used with the
indefinite article if they are modified by descriptive at­
tributes:
He told me how the sun set there on a spring afternoon.
It was a frosty night.
If these nouns are modified by the adjectives late or
early, there is no article:
It was early morning.
By late afternoon the guests began to arrive for the
official birthday party.
Nouns denoting times of the day and night are used
with the definite article in the following cases:
1. when a specific night or day, etc. is meant (the limita­
tion is mostly clear from the context or situation; some­
times a limiting attribute is used):
The rain had stopped and the night was starry.
The day came when he told her that he loved her.
The morning of his departure was raw and he was wear­
ing a greatcoat.
2. when these nouns are used in a generic sense:
He spent the morning working at his novel and the
afternoon walking in the fields.
3. after the prepositions in, during and through (in the
morning, in the night, in the evening, in the daytime, in the
afternoon, during the night, during the day, through the
night, through the day, etc.);
42
It was six o’clock in the afternoon when he finally put
the book down.
“The new edition саше in the morning,” the salesman
said. “I ’ll get you a copy of the book.”
“Perhaps one of the dogs knocked the parcel to the
floor during the night," I spoke placating.
It snowed all through the night, and in the morning we
saw that we were cut off from the world.
Note. After the preposition for both the definite and indefi­
nite articles are possible depending on the meaning:
I must go to Sheffield for the day (the day is specified),
I must go to Sheffield for a day (for one day; it is not specified
which day it is).
4. when these nouns are preceded by the pronoun others
I met Jones in Oxford Street the other day.
He thought that he had seen the man come into the
hotel lobby in company with McKinnon the other morning.
Articles with names of meals
§ 40. Names of meals (breakfast, lunch, luncheon,
dinner, supper, tea, high/meat tea) are generally used with­
out any article:
Dinner that evening was not a success.
At breakfast next morning Christine behaved as though
the whole episode were forgotten.
He had lunch at his club.
The definite or the indefinite article is used when a
special meal is meant.
We find the definite article when names of meals are
modified by a limiting attribute or limitation is clear
from the context or the situation:
During the awkward lunch yesterday Jarvis Fortescue
was grave and abstracted.
“Do you remember the breakfast in the park?” Susan
asked.
The indefinite article is used when names of meals are
modified by descriptive attributes:
I knew few of the guests and my heart sank as I saw
43
myself laborously making conversation through a long
dinner with two total strangers.
“We met at a dinner at the Snows’,” Mrs. Low said.
The articles are also used when names of meals denote
the food that is eaten. The rules for the use of articles are
the same as given above:
The dinner was well-cooked and nourishing.
The lunch we ate at the hotel dining-room was quite
decent.
Sometimes they were asked to parties on Sunday, din­
ner at midday or a cold, sumptuous supper.
He gave me a good breakfast.
Hope is a good breakfast, but a bad supper.
Names of meals may be used in a specialized sense,
denoting portions of food served at restaurants, cafes, etc.
In this case they are used as countable nouns and follow
the rules of the use of articles for countable nouns:
“Your companion has already paid for two lunches,
sir,” said the waiter.
In this hotel you pay for a room and a breakfast.
Articles with names of diseases
§ 41. Names of diseases usually take no article though
some of them may be used with the definite article, e.g.
(the) flu, (the) measles, (the) mumps, influenza, scarlet
fever, bronchitis, diabetes, cholera, diphtheria, cancer, tu­
berculosis (consumption) , appendicitis, the plague, etc.:
Flu! How some people always wait for a holiday to
come down with flu!
“It sounds like acute appendicitis,” Mr. Jones said.
“I’m certain it isn’t scarlet fever: there is no redness of
the skin,” the doctor said.
The definite article is found with names of diseases
when the speaker refers to some particular case:
“What has happened to your friend?” he asked. I told
him about the bronchitis.
After the flu she felt dejected.
Also mark the following expressions used in everyday
life:
44
to have
a headache
toothache (АщЕ з toothache)
stomachache (AmE a stomachache)
backache (AnjE a backache)
earache (AmE an earache)
a pain in the back, in the knee, etc.
heart trouble, liver trouble
a high blood pressure
a cold
a cough
a heart attack
a sore throat
Note. The noun heartache is used figuratively denoting deep
sorrow or grief.
Articles with the noun “sea”
§ 42. The noun sea is generally used with the definite ar­
ticle:
The sea was calm within the reef.
At last they were in the open sea.
The noun sea is used with the zero article in the adver­
bial expressions to be a t sea and to go to sea:
He went to sea when he was a boy of thirteen.
“You won’t find any men in the village now,” the old
man said, “they are all at sea.”
The noun sea may be used with the indefinite article
in descriptions if it has a descriptive attribute:
It was not a summer sea today, although the breakers
were high.
The next day everything changed. We saw a blue
sparkling sea dotted with white sails.
Articles with the nouns “school”, “college”,
"hospital”, etc.
§ 43. The nouns school, college, hospital, prison, jaii,
class, university, bed, table, church and sometimes market
take no article (usually after a preposition) when they de­
note activities associated with these places. The most com­
mon expressions with these nouns are:
45
hospital
bed
prison (jail)
church
class
(the) market
to be in
to go to
to be at table
. . .
( college
to be ta (AmE) j school
class
prison (jail)
to go into
church
bed
school
university
to come from < college
church
f hospital
to come out of \ prison (jail)
to get out of
bed
to stay in
| college
to leave
school
However, when these nouns denote a building or an ob­
ject they are used with the definite or the indefinite article
in accordance with the general ги1ез for countable nouns.
Compare:
“Institutions”
Buildings, objects
“You’ve been to college and The college was a stately
six-storied building.
you are a decent boy,”
said old Anthony.
About a month after his “I think of Chicago now
and 1 see a dark, grey
release from prison he
city, all stone— it is
was sitting outside the
like a p riso n ”
bar looking vacantly
down the street.
Mr. Jones was suffering “I want a room with two
from an attack of ma­
beds,” he said.
laria; he was in bed and
unable to move.
}
46
Articles with the noun “society”
§ 44. The noun society is used without any article when
it means “an organized community people live in”:
“He is a forger. He ought to be hounded out of civilized
society,” Mr. Warton said.
There cannot be any justice for the poor In bourgeois
society.
In other meanings it may be used with the definite and
the indefinite article:
They decided to organize a cooperative society.
It was but natural that he preferred the society of his
friends, but his parents did not understand this.
Articles with the noun “town”
§ 45. The noun town takes no article when it Is used
In contrast with country or when it means the business cen­
tre of a town, e.g. to be in town, logo to town, to live in town,
to come back (to return) to town, to stay in town, to leave
town, to be out of town, etc.:
She was sitting on the porch waiting for her husband to
come from town.
Next day I went back to town.
I was surprised that they were going to stay in town
all summer.
In other cases the noun town is used with the definite or
the indefinite article:
The town was decorated with flags for the Prime Minis­
ter’s visit.
It was a small town in Shropshire.
Note. The noun country as an antonym to town takes the def­
inite article (to go to the country, to be in the country, to come from
the country, etc.):
It is pleasant to spend the summer in the country.
He intends to go down to the country for the week-end.
Articles with the nouns “radio” and “television"
§ 46. The nouns radio and television generally take no
article;
47
With the help of television we can watch events taking
place thousands of miles away from us.
Is it a play for television or radio?
The noun radio is used with the definite article in com­
bination with the verbs to listen, to hear:
I ’ve heard an interesting piece of news on the radio.
When I came in, Henry was listening to the radio.
Note, however, that we must say to watch television
(T V ), to see on television, to show on television:
Did you watch television yesterday?
We saw an interesting programme on television the
other day.
Articles with nouns in some common expressions
§ 47. Names of musical instruments are used with the
definite article when we speak about them in a general
way:
He plays the piano well.
I ’d like to learn the guitar.
When these nouns have a concrete meaning they may
be used with the definite and the indefinite article or with­
out any article:
He made up his mind to buy a piano.
You must have the violin repaired.
There were two grand pianos on the stage.
§ 48. Nouns denoting means of transport take no arti­
cle when they are used with the preposition by:
t train
to go
plane
to come by< boat
bus
to leave
to travel
bicycle
coach
Note. In other expressions articles must be used: to lake the
(a) train, to catch the (a) train (bus), to miss the train (bus, plane),
to be on the bus (plane), to sit on the bicycle, to sleep in the train,
etc.
In other by-phrases expressing manner or instrument
48
nouns take no article either: by air, by land, by post, by
mail, by phone, by telegraph, by hand, by accident, by sight,
by chance, by mistake, etc.
Nouns of various meanings are used without any article
in adverbial prepositional phrases such as in detail, in
person, at hand, on deck, on foot, on leave, on holiday, on
vacation, etc.
§ 49. The definite article is usually used with the ex­
pressions to go to (to be at) the cinema, the theatre, the pic­
tures, the movies (AmE), to be on at the cinema, the pictures,
the movies (AmE):
W hat’s on at the pictures?
When did you go to the cinema last?
Occasionally the indefinite article may be found with
these nouns:
I persuaded Jim to go to a theatre.
Let’s go to a cinema.
Note. When cinema and theatre denote buildings in which
films or plays are shown they follow the general rules of the use
of articles for countable nouns:
There are three cinemas in the town.
The theatre was built in the 19th century.
§ 50. There is usually no article in of-phrases after the
words post, office, title, rank, degree:
Reid retired in 1972 with the rank of lieutenant colonel.
He received the degree of Doctor of Law two years ago.
The position of governess did not suit her.
§ 51. Names of games are used with the zero article in
combination with the verb to play (to play tennis, cricket,
volley-ball, hockey, cards, billiards, etc.):
He learned to play tennis at the age of six.
They played billiards from morning till night.
PLACE OF ARTICLES
§ 52. As has been shown in § 1, the articles being deter­
miners normally come at the beginning of a noun phrase.
Nevertheless, there are several groups of modifiers
which are placed before the articles.
49
1. Nouns with the definite article follow all, both and
half:
There was so much crackling noise In the head-set ear­
phone that all the xaords sounded alike.
“Half the people who want to learn to fly never come
back for lesson number two,” Charlie said.
Both the girls were rosy-cheeked and plump like their
mother.
The definite article after both is not obligatory and can
be dropped:
Both men wore conservative business suits.
All can precede nouns with the zero article if these nouns
do not need an article in accordance with the rules:
A ll children like sweets.
(Compare with: A ll the children in the room looked at
Santa Claus.)
Note 1. The definite article is not used if all is followed by
a numeral:
A ll three boys were good at tennis.
When all is followed by the preposition of the definite article
is used before a numeral. This construction is preferred in AmE:
All of the three boys were good at tennis.
Note 2. The indefinite article is used after half in half an hour,
half a day, half a mile, etc. (or a half-hour, a half-day, a half
mile, etc.):
It took her half an hour to learn the rules.
She walked half a mile to the bus stop.
2. Nouns modified by articles are preceded by double,
once, twice. The following patterns are possible:
a) double + a noun with the definite article:
This was double the price he had been offered before.
b) once - f a noun with the indefinite article:
The clerk told her that she would have to send the rent
check once a month.
c) twice + a noun with the definite or t h : indefinite
article;
Twice a month he put on his best suit and went to the
club,
so
He is twice the man he was.
3. The fractions one-third, three-quarters, etc. come be­
fore nouns with the definite article:
He did only one-third of the work.
4. Nouns with the indefinite article follow such and
the exclamatory what (the latter is discussed in § 36):
His singing received such an encouraging cheer from
the crowd in the street!
5. Nouns with the indefinite article are used after
quite and rather:
I t’s quite a long story and not a nice one.
He was rather a curious man to look at.
However, quite and rather can be placed after the indef­
inite article (esp. in AmE):
He is a rather cleoer man.
I t ’s a quite important problem.
6. Nouns with the indefinite article follow many (the
verb is used in the singular):
Many a true word is spoken in jest.
Many an evening he sat staring vacantly at the cheerful
living-room fire.
7. So, as, too, how, however followed by an adjective
precede nouns with the indefinite article:
Youth lasts so short a time.
“You have too modest an opinion of yourself,” he re­
plied.
Tuscon, a city she had never seen before, was as good a
place as any for a beginning.
“How honest a man is he?” the captain asked.
“I can’t miss the chance, however big a risk to run," Hen­
ry said.
USE OF ARTICLES WITH PROPER NOUNS
Articles with personal names
§ 53. Personal names are used without any articlei
“Do you know Turner}" said Burton as I nodded a
greeting.
&t
“I knew quite a lot of writers,” she said. “Wilkie Coltins, for instance.”
“Humphrey was in the Foreign Office,” said Richard.
Note. Some common names (mother, father, aunt, uncle,
nurse, cook, sister, brother, cousin, baby) are treated as proper
nouns and, therefore, take no article when they are used by members
of the family or by close friends (i.e. when they mean “our father”,
“our nurse”, etc.):
“Father wants us to move into a smaller place,” Mike said.
"What have you done to Baby?" Mother asked.
Note that these nouns are spelled with a capital letter, which
shows that they are regarded as proper nouns.
However, under certain conditions personal names are
used with the definite or the indefinite article.
§ 54. The definite article with personal names is found
in the following cases:
1. The definite article is used when a personal name has
the plural form to indicate a whole family:
One June evening I went to dine with the Macdonalds.
The Granges were the only people I knew in the town.
2. Personal nouns modified by adjectives take the defi­
nite article:
“I am the celebrated Mortimer Ellis,” he said.
"The late Mrs. Jones was a very nice person,” he said in
a low voice.
Suddenly, to everybody’s surprise, the silent Mr. Fanthorp swung round and addressed Barbara.
It is important to stress that a personal noun with the
definite article modified by an adjective is never the rheme
of the sentence (it is never the focus of communication).
Occasionally a noun modified by an adjective is the
rheme of the sentence and conveys the most important
part of the communication; then it is used with the indef­
inite article. The adjective usually denotes the mood of
the person described:
The dinner was served by a silent Mrs. Keats.
I saw an infuriated Jennifer, who started shouting at me
the moment I opened the door.
However, there is no article before personal names modi­
fied by the adjectives old, young, dear, poor, little, tiny,
honest:
52
Little Lynette wanted to play with the cat and I left her
in the garden.
When young Rockwell entered the library, the old man
looked at him with a kindly grimness.
Old Anthony met us at the station.
3.
The definite article is found with personal nouns
modified by limiting attributes (mostly postpositional
phrases):
It was the Jane I had known before, perfectly simple,
homely and unaffected.
She was not the Mary of our youth.
§ 55. The indefinite article occurs in the following
cases:
1. A personal name is used with the indefinite article
to indicate a) a member of a family, b) one resembling
somebody:
a) “The boy is a Benbowl” he replied hotly.
b) His face always reminded Michael of a Lincoln grown
old.
2. A personal name has the indefinite article if it is
modified by the adjective certain:
Last night I found a gentleman waiting to see me when
I returned home — a certain George Reed (i. e. someone
who called himself George Reed).
Note. If a personal name is preceded by a title (Mr., Miss,
Colonel, Sir, etc.), the Indefinite article before it is equivalent to
“certain”:
He was engaged to be married to a Miss Smith.
*‘A Mr. Drake phoned in the morning, but he didn’t leave
any message,” Lydia said.
Sometimes the indefinite article before a personal name with­
out a title may mean "certain”:
“Did a woman see you some time today? A Nelly Conway?”
he asked anxiously.
Personal names turn into common nouns when they
denote things associated with the names of certain per­
sons. Such nouns follow the general rules of the use of ar­
ticles for common nouns:
“Has the museum a Millais?” I asked.
Every morning he drove out in a rickety old Ford.
53
She wore but one garment — a Mother Hubbard of pink
cotton.
Articles with geographic names
§ 56. The following geographic names are used with­
out any article:
1. names of continents:
Africa, Antarctica, America, Asia, Australia, Europe
Note. The Arctic and the Antarctic are used with the definite
article as they denote the regions (the land and the sea) round
the north and south poles.
2. names of countries, counties, provinces, states:
France, Italy, Texas, Wisconsin, Devonshire, Scot­
land
Note 1. Some ndmes of countries, counties, etc. require the
definite article; some other names can be used with or without the
definite article:
the Argentine (b u t: Argentina), (the) Congo, (the) Lebanon,
(the) Senegal, the Ruhr, the Saar, the Ukraine, the Crimea
Note 2. Names of states consisting of word groups are used
with, the definite article:
the Soviet Union, the United States of America (the USA),
the German Democratic Republic (the GDR)
3. names of cities, towns or villages:
London, New York, Stockport, Stratford-on-Avon
Note. The only exception is the Hague.
4. names of a) mountains and b) islands (but not names
of mountain chains and groups of islands — see § 57):
a) Snowdon, Elbrus, Mount Everest, Etna
b) Cyprus, Man, Jersey, Java
5. names of lakes:
Lake Michigan, Lake Baikal, Silver Lake
6. names of waterfalls:
Niagara Falls, Victoria Falls
7. names of bays:
Hudson Bay
8. names of peninsulas and capes:
54
Hindustan, Labrador, Cape Horn
Note. If the noun peninsula is added, the definite article is
used:
the Hindustan peninsula, the Balkan peninsula
§ 57. Other geographic names take the definite article.
These are:
1. names of seas, oceans, rivers, straits, canals:
the Atlantic (ocean), the Mediterranean (Sea), the
North Sea, the Thames, the Mississippi, the Dardanelles,
the Bering Strait, the Suez Canal, the English Channel
2. names of mountain chains and groups of islands:
a) the Pennine Range (the Pennines), the Alps, the
Rocky Mountains
b) the Canary Islands (the Canaries), the Hawaii, the
Bermudas
3. names of deserts:
the Sahara, the Gobi
4. names of mountain passes:
the Saint Gotthard Pass
5. geographic names having the plural form:
the Midlands, the Netherlands, the Yorkshire Forests
§ 58. Geographic names that are used with the zero
article may take the definite or the indefinite article un­
der the following conditions:
1. if a limiting article is used a geographic name takes
the definite article:
It was not the France of his youth.
2. if a descriptive article is used a geographic name has
the indefinite article:
It was a different Paris, unknown to him.
3. the definite article is used in the following patterns
containing the preposition of:
the Bay of Biskay, the City of New York, the Mount of
Olives, the Isle of Man, the Gulf of Mexico, the Strait of
Dover
55
Articles with other semantic groups of proper names
§ 59. Proper names of the following semantic groups
take no article:
1. names of streets, squares, parks:
Broadway, Fleet Street, Wall Street, Piccadilly, Tra­
falgar Square, Central Park, Hyde Park
Note. The exceptions are the Strand (in London), the High
Street, the Main Street (in the USA).
2. names of airports and railway stations:
London Airport, Kennedy Airport, Waterloo Station,
Victoria Station
3. names of universities and colleges:
Oxford University, Harvard University, Brasenose
College, Hertford College
4. names of magazines and journals:
National Geographic, Punch, Language
5. names of days of the week and names of months:
Monday, Tuesday, April, July
6. names of buildings, bridges:
Buckingham Palace, Westminster Abbey, Colosseum,
St. Paul’s Cathedral, Westminster Bridge, Tower Bridge
Note. Some names o! buildings, however, are used with the
definite article:
the White House, the Tower, the Old Bailey
§ 60. Nouns of some semantic groups require the defi­
nite article. They are:
1. names of hotels, clubs, museums, picture galleries,
concert halls, theatres, cinemas, monuments:
the H ilton, the National Tennis Club, the National
Gallery, the British Museum, the Louvre, the Carnegie
Hall, the Albert Hall, the Old Vic, the Odeon, the Wash­
ington Monument, the Lincoln Memorial
2. names of ships and boats:
the Titanic, the Queen Mary
3. names of parties and institutions:
56
the Conservative Party, the Democratic Party, the
London City Council, the House of Commons
Note. Parliament (in Britain) is used without any article
(b u t: the British Parliament). The definite article before con­
gress (in the USA) may be dropped, but it is equally correct to use
it.
4. names of newspapers:
the Morning Star, the Daily World, the Economist, the
Times
EXERCISES
1.
Determine the meaning of the indefinite article in the follow­
ing sentences.
1. But I dare say you don’t remember an old woman
like me? 2. After a pause, Lord Henry pulled out his watch.
3. She glanced at Peter and saw that a tear was trickling
down his nose. 4. A voice replied, telling him to keep out
of the moonlight. 5. Why is it a girl has to be so silly to
catch a husband? 6. Until he had reached the Republican
lines he had travelled across the country and through the
fascist lines as fast as a countryman in a good physical
condition who knew the country well. 7. I remember now,
I thought I felt a bone, and I swallowed a large mouthful
of bread to send it down. 8. A traveller must be able to
walk long distances. 9. Bart tossed an empty cigarette
packet over the rail, his mouth hard, his eyes shadowed.
10. Not a word was spoken, not a sound was made. 11. A
fighter is supposed to get beaten up, isn’t he? 12. He hesi­
tated a moment at the door and tapped on it. 13. The girl
had started through a door to an inner office. 14. Can a
bird fly faster than an aeroplane? 15. Bill had just finished
an all-afternoon conference with a media representative.
16. Edward left his employment with them nearly a year
ago. 17. A week- or two passed, but he hadn’t got a job.
18. In a sheltered corner was a wattle tree, its foliage sil­
very against the olivegreen bush, its blossoms a drift of
gold. 19. It is dark here and I cannot see what you have
brought; is it a book or a magazine? 20. I meant I was a
youthful thing and unimportant, and that there was no
need to include me in the conversation. 21. Sally’s seed of
her future soul- was her love for her mother, an aged bed­
ridden woman. 22. He had met a young woman at a par­
ty, named May Macy, a moving-picture actress. 23. Here I
58
am, he thought, talking to Earle Fox, a scientist who won
the Nobel Prize.
2. Explain why the indefinite article is used with one and the same
noun repeated several times in the following extracts.
1
Jack: Lady Bracknell, I hate to seem inquisitive, but
would you kindly inform me who la m ?
Lady Bracknell: You are the son of my poor sister, Mrs.
Monscriff, and consequently Algernon’s elder brother.
Jack: Algy’s elder brother. Then I have a brother after
all! 1 knew I had a brother! I always said I had a broth­
er. Cecily — how could you have ever doubted that I
had a brother! Algy, you young scoundrel, you have
never behaved to me like a brother in all your life.
2
(Mr. Barthwick throws the window open. The faint
sobbing of a child comes in.) W hat’s that? (They listen.)
Mrs. Barthwick: I can’t stand that crying. I must send
Marlow (the butler) to stop it. My nerves are all on
edge. (She rings the bell.) Nothing upsets me like a
child’s crying. (Marlow comes in.) W hat’s that noise of
crying, Marlow? It sounds like a child.
Mr. Barthwick: It is a child. I can see it against the rail­
ings.
Mrs. Barthwick: Poor little chap. (Turns her back to the
window. Marlow shuts the window. The crying ceases.)
Supplementary task. Comment upon the tenderness of Mrs. Barth­
wick’s heart, on how far the tenderness went and whether
it did any good to the crying child.
3. Determine the meaning of the definite article in the following
sentences.
1.
Then holding the glass and sipping the water ver
slowly he stood in front of the big map on the wall and
studied the offensive possibilities in the country above
Navacerrada. 2. On the evening of Labour Day, the empty
field near the mills was no longer empty. 3. I t was not
Blois with its thin turrets and its spires that stared up at
me from the printed page. 4. The moral I draw is that the
writer should seek his reward in the pleasure of his work.
5. The path led to a labyrinth, some choked wilderness,
59
and not to the house at all. 6. They remain just as clearly
divided in my mind as before but what has become a little
confused in me is the distinction between the bad man and
the good one. 7. The three men made their way, single
file, with Lewis leading them through the dim, purplelighted maze of corridors. 8. Thus in life there is ever
the intellectual and the emotional nature — the mind that
reasons, and the mind that feels. 9. He motioned to them
to sit down on a flattened log that served as a bench and
looking at Joaquin jerked his thumb down the trail in the
direction they had come from. 10. He sat down on the
vacant end of the sofa. 11. A day of it to the untried mind
is like opium to the untried body. 12. Every portrait that
is painted with feeling is a portrait of the artist, not of
the sitter. 13. He lay there, staring up at the ceiling, all
gratitude, and all bitterness. 14. “At what particular point
did you mention the word “marriage”, Dorian?”
4. Explain why the definite article is used with the italicised
nouns which refer to the preceding (or following) statement or
situation in the following extracts. Describe the situation.
1
Gwendolen: I am engaged to Mr. Worthing, mamma.
Lady Bracknell: Pardon me, you are not engaged to anyone.
When you do become engaged to some one, I or your
father will inform you of the fact.
2
Algernon: Relations are simply a tedious pack of people,
who haven’t got the remotest knowledge of how to live
nor the smallest instinct about when to die.
Jack: Oh, that is nonsense.
Algernon: It isn’t.
Jack: Well. I won’t argue the matter.
3
Chasuble: But surely, Mr. Worthing, you have been chris­
tened already.
Jack: I don’t remember anything about it.
Chasuble: But have you any grave doubts on the subject?
Jack: I certainly intend to have. Of course I don’t know
if the thing would bother you in any way, or if you
think I am a little too old now.
60
4
It was as good as a play to see his father with the chil­
dren, but such a play as brings smiles with tears behind.
The complete surrender of that erect old figure to those
little figures on either hand was too poignantly tender,
and being a man of an habitual reflex action, young Jolion
swore softly under his breath. The show affected him in a
way unbecoming to a Forsyte, who is nothing if not unde­
monstrative.
Supplementary task. If you have read the books mentioned above
speak on the situations taken.
5. Explain why in the following passages the italicised noun with
the definite article is followed by the same noun with the in­
definite article.
1. “Good evening to you, sister,” said the voice, a musi­
cal voice with the broad accent of Lorraine.
2. Quite half of Mrs. Hummond’s exasperation and fury
was due to the fact that she was being excluded from shar­
ing in a secret. She raged importantly, and when Sir George
was ushered in by Wace the butler (demurely grave as
only a butler can be when something is “up” above stairs),
she had just snubbed the unfortunate Sinclair rather fe­
rociously for the second time in three minutes.
3. Why was the front door opened?
(A husband says.) “It is not as though he had to let the
lady out.”
The magistrate interrupted sharply. “The lady? what
lady do you mean?”
“Why, the lady who came to see him.”
“Had a lady been to see him that evening?”
“But yes, monsieur — and many other evenings as
well.”
4. “I’ve got to go to Mass, and then I want to see the
priest about this petition. Don’t you think it might help
if a priest signed it?”
5. Bateman brought Isabel the letter he had just re­
ceived... “I t’s a very strange letter," she said, “I don’t
quite understand it.”
6. Underline the attributes which determine the use of the defi­
nite article. Write out the limiting attributes expressed by ad­
jectives or adjective pronouns.
1.
After supper that night he discarded the book o
European politics which he had shared with Tommy on the
61
irevious evening and went hunting along the bookshelves
fand
or something about the Islands. 2. He had been absent
abstracted all day long with the thought of the coming
event. 3. He had had the usual bundle of French identity
papers in his possession, and his people were still living
at his home address near Marseilles. 4. Here and there were
wide gaps between the buildings on the main street where
dwellings had been shelled and burned. 5. The only trouble
was that the soldiers crowding the streets wore the wrong
kind of uniforms, the money was in the hands of the wrong
people. 6. I suspected that he knew pretty well how to get
on the right side of him. 7. We have discovered that he
died as a result of an accident on the very day that he
should have turned up in Paris. 8. He had arrived, had
crept into the very heart of London, wearing his old brown
slippers. 9. Suddenly I reached through the mind of the
technician and moved his hand up to the right dial.
10. They had met first at Carlsbad, where they were stay­
ing at the same hotel and were treated by the same doctor.
11. They decided to start off the following morning.
12. Ju st here, in the lower right-hand corner of this pho­
tograph, there is a beautiful thumbprint. 13. He gave
them permission to make the necessary changes in the
text. 14. As for what else the future holds, few Cape vil­
lages have much chance of coming through the present
greedy, tasteless boom with their souls intact. 15. On the
otherside of the doorwas a handle. 16. Bateman insisted
that Edward go ahead: “You have got the ideas and the ca­
pacity. Why shouldn’t you become the richest man between
Australia and the States?” 17. “I suppose Mr. de Winter
keeps the most beautiful room to show to the public,” I
said. 18. She brings with her the time of the last warm
spell, an unchartered season. 19. “Thank you. I hope that
won’t be necessary.” She was impatient now to make the
next call.
*7.1 Fill in the blanks with articles wherever necessary.
1.
It was hot; the old people said that it w as... ho
test spell which the town had ever known. 2 . 1 made up my
mind to see Strickland ... following evening. 3. I want
you to explain to me why you won’t exhibit Dorian Gray’s
picture. I want ... real reason. 4. “Henry is ... best type
of the American businessman,” he said, “and I think you
1 The exercises marked with an asterisk have answers (see
Key to the Exercises, p, 172),
62
ought to know him.” 5. She was talking about thirty Af­
ricans who, at the request of the State Department were
being admitted to Whitehall in ... coming semester.
6. Downstairs in . . . small imagined kitchen I imagined
... small image of ... man groping for a phone beside
him on ... floor. 7. He picked a photograph album from
one of ... lower shelves, and came back across ... room
looking for the place in the collection. 8. And clapping
me in ...friendliest way upon ... shoulder he went away.
9. He sat back comfortably, in silence, allowing Dorlacker
to make ... necessary moves. 10. In the middle of ... gar­
den stood ... old summer house. 11. ... only difference
in their eating habits was that he used his fork with ...
left hand. 12. There was not ... slightest need for anyone
to turn out the spare room but Mrs. Tinker obtained ...
same pleasure from turning out a room that other people
get from writing ... symphony, or winning ... cup of
Golf or swimming ... Channel. 13. The haze of factory
smoke intruded on the sky and lay suspended like . . . grey,
flat tarpoulin above . . . horizon. 14. But all . . . previous
criticism of her conduct was as nothing compared with the
buzz of gossip that now went through . . . town. 15. On . . .
upper side . . . large piece of vegetation sprouted from the
crest on . . . band, lo* It seemed . . . loveliest bonnet she
had ever seen. 1 7 .1 imagine the French aristocrats thought
practically ... same thing until ... very moment when they
climbed into the tumbrils. 18. It was ... usual noisy crowd­
ed place filled with the smell of stale coffee, ... very
French smell that haunts its houses with the ghosts of ten
million coffee brewings. 19. As he spoke he opened a door
and showed the way into a room which appeared to be very
richly furnished — but again ... only light was afforded
by ... single lamp half turned down. 20. He would do ...
right thing and allow her to divorce him. 21. Mrs. Packletide was annoyed at the fact t h a t ... wrong animal had been
hit. 22. He had to stand all the way, and though there were
at least five nice-looking girls in ... same compartment —
and one was very close to him and two o f ... others he had
noticed several times before — not one of them showed ...
slightest interest in him. 23. He meant that they were pre­
paring their next speech and were merely waiting for ...
next appropriate moment to give utterance to it. 24. As
Grant was paddling ... last few yards he saw P a t’s eye
fixed on something along ... shore, and turned to see what
it was.
63
*8. Fill In the blanks with articles before nouns modified by “last”
and “next” wherever necessary. Explain your choice.
1. Chila peering round ... last corner whispered hoarse­
ly: “If old Fishface catches us we’ll need a double mort.”
6. Then he wrote out a cable to Anne, telling her to get on
... next plane to Nice. 3.A t the bar, Rudolph was clapped
on the back by Sid Crosett, who had been Mayor of
W hitby until ... last election and who was sent every four
years as a delegate to the Republican convention. 4. Use
i t ... next time you come through. 5. We don’t remember it
until we say hullo to the mechanic in charge . . . next
morning. 6. The Islands were ... last refuge of civilization
in a world gone mad. 7. Find out what happened to my
daughter in her native land in ... last si'x months. 8. Well,
... next time don’t wait until you are on the point of suf­
focation, she said matter-of-factly. 9. They came down ...
last half mile to Clune like homing horses, Pat skipping
from turf to turf like a young goat and as valuable as he
had been silent on the way out. 10. He decided to re-read
the play ... next day after he had thought about it for
twenty-four hours. 11. I ’ve eaten enough fish in ... last
month to last me a lifetime.
*0. Translate the following sentences from Russian into English.
1.
Может быть, вы могли бы зайти но мне на рабо
как-нибудь днем после обеда на будущей неделе? 2. Он
знал, как следовало выполнить работу на станции, и в
течение последующих нескольких дней с подозрением
следил за своим помощником. 3. Подожди меня на сле­
дующей станции. 4. «Последние двенадцать месяцев я
работаю,— сказал он,— но я могу потерять работу в
любой момент». 5. Как заколдованный, он смотрел на
оставленную на соседнем столе еду. 6. Последние гости
только что ушли. 7. На будущий год я буду вести семи­
нар по искусству кино. 8. Это была последняя капля,
и совершенно неожиданно он расхохотался. 9. В течение
следующих двух дней Керри предавалась самым возвы­
шенным размышлениям. 10. На следующей неделе у
Джейн слегка поднялась температура и участился пульс.
11. Когда на следующее утро Лаура услышала, что
Грант собирается поехать в Скун, вместо того чтобы
провести день на реке, она возмутилась. 12. После того
как он закончил последнюю проверку, он бросил руч­
ку и откинулся на спинку стула. 13. В субботу вечером
он был в театре на последнем спектакле. 14. Она решила
64
навестить мать в деревне и собиралась приехать в город
на следующий день. 15. Последние годы у него появилась
страсть ездить на машине по девятьсот, тысяче миль за
раз (at a stretch).
10. Respond as indicated.
Model: — It must be a couple of days since I rang them.
— I thought you phoned them last night?
— No, but I ’ll be phoning them tomorrow night.
1.
I haven’t discussed it with him for ages.— I though
you discussed it at the last meeting? 2. It seems years since
I had a skiing holiday.— I thought you had one last win­
ter? 3. It must be quite a time since I ate out.— I thought
you went out to dinner last week? 4. Our last visit to the
theatre seems ages away.— I thought you went the week
before last? 5. What a time it seems since we went away
for a weekend.— I thought you went away last weekend?
6. What a time it must be since we had a camping holiday.
—I thought you had one last year?
*11. Insert articles before nouns modified by the adjective pro­
noun “other”, or before “other” used as a noun wherever
necessary.
1.
“I have put you in ... other bedroom this time,” sh
said preceding him up the stairs, “because the west one has
been done up and it still stinks a bit.” 2. Do you know
what you are going to do if it turns out badly? — I ’ll try ...
other time. 3. But he saw on ... other side, nestling among
the trees a white man’s house; he made up his mind and
rather gingerly, began to walk. 4. “You want something,
Mr. Indache?” asked the bartender, who was reading a mag­
azine at... other end of the bar. 5. What do you plan to do
if it fails? — Have ... other try. 6. The rumour which
had been creeping about underground was now being open­
ly discussed that Rhett Butler not only ran his own four
boats and sold the cargoes at unheard-of prices, but bought
up the cargoes of ... other boats and held them for rises
in prices. 7. McCain was waiting at the shed with ... other
two men who were to make the jump. 8. Then she came
and sat down at ... other side of the hearth. 9. They are
going to take these tablets ... other two weeks. 10. On ...
other hand, her own feelings were a corrective influence.
11. The extension to the factory will mean taking on ... oth­
er twenty new employees. 12. Kate! But he was here only
... other day! 13. Sometimes he had been irritated by her
3 Заказ 415
65
calls, at ... other times moved by husbandly tenderness
at the sound of the low, familiar, musical voice from a
distant city, ... other side of a continent. 14. Is he cutting
down on smoking? Slightly, but not enough to make any
real difference. It will take him ... other two years or even
more. 15. They are probably going to replace the defective
part with ... other one, which is new. 16. I t’s encourag­
ing him to have ... other try. 17. I am thirsty and want
... other glass of juice. 18. At 7200 feet they jumped one
after ... other. 19. He spoke in a jerky, nervous fashion
and with some giggling laughters in between but somehow
he impressed me with fear more than ... other. 20. I ’m
afraid he hasn’t been able to cope while all ... others have
been able to. 21. There was ... other thing I liked in Mrs.
Strickland. 22. That shows you what I mean. I dare say
there are ... other things.
12. Think of situations for the following sentences.
1. The students absent may be taking part in a rehears­
al for the party.
2. The island proper covers 55 square miles and has a
population of about two million.
3. The problem concerned is of great importance for
the whoje world.
4. The actors present are ready to give a concert.
5. The scientists involved are asked to improve the
project.
*13. Fill in the blanks with articles if necessary before nouns
modified by numerals.
1. ... three children came running along the desk.
2. Turn to ... page 3 to read our interview. 3. It was, as I
have indicated, not a success. But ... second job was a
sensational success. 4. Everything they had done in ...
three weeks since they had come back from the shack had
made him more certain of th at. 5. She had only been out
of the hospital ... five weeks, but she had beaten him in ...
two straight sets. 6. But on ... fifth day he took the car
to ... third floor, stepped out and never came back. 7. Be­
cause she was confined to bed she could not leave the room
when Mrs. Carlton’s specialist arrived with ... second con­
sultant to discuss the operation they wanted her to undergo.
8. Monte Carlo was suddenly full of kindness and charm,
... one place in the world that held sincerity. 9. And if he
takes me on for ... second year, I ’m to get three hundred.
66
That means that in .. two years I ’d have the best part of
... four thousand pounds. 10. The office of Professor Fox
was on ... twelfth floor of the Physics Building. 11. She
wondered how many others there were like ... three of them,
who had gone on blindly and happily living in ignorance,
taking everything life had to give, till the moment when
the world was shattered apart by an illness that shut them
out of life. 12. He was explaining the work that was going
forward — how one was discharging, another taking in
cargo, and ... third making ready for sea. 13. But on this
point I was soon to be relieved, for Silver giving a little
whistle, ... third man strolled up and sat down by the
party. 14. In April, they will take part in ... second stage
of the Mecsek Rally in Hungary. 15. Jan Wadleigh, not in
Madrid, a glass in his hand, was standing talking to Eliot
Steinharold and ... third man, portly in a dark suit, the
face, bronzed by the sun, under a shock of iron gray hair.
16. A woman, so long and slender that she seemed as fluid
as the shadows and he had to look ... second time to be
sure that she was not in truth a shadow. 17. What was ...
first thing you hated — can you remember? 18. The edi­
tor, sensing the social drama of the letter, put it on ... sec­
ond page of the paper, in itself a startling innovation
as ... first two pages of the paper were always devoted to
advertisements of slaves, mules, ploughs, houses for sale
or rent, cures for private diseases.
*14. Translate from Russian into English. Pay attention to the use
of articles before nouns modified by numerals.
1. Когда три сестры Бронте выросли, они были вы­
нуждены работать гувернантками, чтобы заработать на
хлеб, так как были очень бедны. 2. Она с удовольствием
вдохнула первый дымок сигареты. 3. Мы собрали все эти
вещи вместе на полянке (clearing), и в качестве первой пре­
досторожности срубили ряд колючих кустов. 4. Джордж
пропадал уже десять дней. 5. Он поставил первый том
романа обратно в шкаф. 6. Он знал, что должен сделать
третью попытку. 7. Он написал еще один (второй) роман.
8. На второй день, когда я снова встретил ее, она вы­
глядела довольно привлекательной. 9. Она положила
три чайных ложки сахара во вторую чашку чая. 10. Впер­
вые я увидел, что он неуверен и обеспокоен. 11. В тече­
ние первых двух дней из этих пяти она находилась в со­
стоянии шока. 12. Впервые ей пришла в голову мысль,
что она может не выздороветь. 13. В полночь Джен не
з*
37
спала, наблюдая, как две девушки шептались друг с
другом. 14. Он вошел в двадцать шестую кабину и про­
тянул руку мистеру Диллингу, мужчине его возраста.
15. Я сказал это во время первой поездки, которую мы
предприняли вместе — когда мы взбирались на горы и
смотрели вниз в пропасть.
15. Read and retell the text. Write out sentences containing
nouns modified by numerals. Explain the use of articles with
these nouns.
Lost in the Post
Jack Ainsley, a post-office sorter, turned the envelope
over and over in his hands. The letter was addressed to
his wife and had an Australian stamp.
Jack knew that the sender was Dicky Soames, his
wife’s cousin. It was the second letter Mrs. Ainsley had re­
ceived since Dicky’s departure. The first letter had come six
months before: Jack burnt that one without reading it.
No man ever had less reason for jealousy than Ainsley.
His wife Adela was to be trusted: she was a splendid house­
keeper and a very good mother to their two children.
However, he knew that Dickey Soames had been in love
with Adela, and the fact that Dickey Soames had gone
away to join his and Adela’s uncle years back hadn’t
changed his opinion about their relationship.
He was afraid that some day Dicky would return and
take Adela from him.
Ainsley did not put the second letter in his pocket as
somebody might have seen him do it. At night he came to
the post office to get it and got in through the window.
Unfortunately when he was getting out he was seen by
the post-master. Ainsley did not want to tell the truth —
it was too humiliating — and so lost his job. Soon Ains­
ley discovered that he could not get any other permanent
job as people did not trust him now. Life became hard.
One afternoon Ainsley came home and was surprised to
see Dicky Soames who hadn’t changed a bit. Soames said
he was delighted to see Ainsley. “I missed both of you so
much,” he added with a friendly smile.
“Uncle Tom died,” Adela explained, “and Dicky has
inherited his money.” Then Adela turned to Dicky. “Tell
him the rest,” she said quietly.
“Well, you see,” said Dicky, “Uncle Tom left something
over sixty thousand pounds and he wished Adela to have
68
half. Bat he was angry because Adela never answered the
two letters I wrote to her for him. So he changed his will
and left the thirty thousand pounds which were Adela’s
share to hospitals. Why didn’t you answer them, Adela?"
Adela looked at her husband. Then she came up to him
and took his hand. “The letters must have been lost,” she
said. At the moment Ainsley realised that Adela knew
everything.
16. Retell the following joke.
After the first night of her new show, the leading
went to her dressing-room. In a moment she opened
door and brought all the actors to her side with a
scream.
“I’ve been cheated,” the star cried, “fourteen
quets — only fourteen bouquetst"
“Fourteen is a wonderful lot,” said the producer.
“Maybe,” cried the lady, “but I paid for fifteen.”
lady
the
loud
bou­
*17. Fill in the blanks with articles if necessary.
1. All had survived the crash — Kelly, his wife Mar­
garet, his ten-year-old twin sons, the pilot and co-pilot
and ... ten enlisted men. 2. You are ... extraordinary per­
son. You never say ... moral thing and never do ... wrong
thing. 3. Then she saw what was in ... main display case,
and she forgot where she was or where she had come from.
4. A fter... third drink he sat back comfortably in his chair,
no longer self-conscious in the luxurious room. 5. ...
most remarkable stroke of fortune brought me ... very
man that I required. 6. These are just .. usual papers.
7. He is ... very soul of truth and honour. 8. Mrs. Mair
says there is ... whole sackful of mail waiting for you at
the post-office. 9. She rocked her head on the pillow and
for ... first time I saw tears on her cheeks. 10. W ith ...
Gale helping on ... other side, they got Reynolds to Craig’s
car and pushed him into ... back seat. 11. He didn’t ask
what ... right way was, in her opinion. 12. She was ...
only child. 13. Well, I came down to look and ... only
other person on the river was a lady, so I guessed you must
be it. 14. He asks all ... right questions. 15. You look exact­
ly ... same wonderful boy who, day after day, used to come'
down to my studio to sit for his picture. 16. He toyed with
the idea of going to bed as ... quickest way of getting
warm, but .;. second glance at ... bed dissuaded him.
17. When he drove the car out of the gate of the hotel
69
grounds, he turned, out of an old memory, in ... wrong
direction, towards Antibes, instead of towards Juan-lesPins and Cannes. 18. Gilly had been released from San
Quentin at about ... same time Fordyce had and ... two
were inseparable. 19. But it was always ... wrong thing
to laugh at P at. 20. Her fine black eyes were ... most no­
ticeable thing about her. 21. All the people Ellen had known
in Savannah might have been cast from ... same mould so
similar were their view-points and traditions. 22. While
the Thompsons were operating their Bull’s Head Saloon ...
most notorious member of the Texas gun-stinging frater­
nity came to town. 23. Mind you, you have to remember
that Т. B. is ... most unpredictable disease. 24. Fine
indeed, Grant thought, looking down at the map of Pa­
ris ... next morning. 25. He might have been M. P. had he
chosen. Rannock was of course ... most celebrated man in
the Five Towns, and the idol of ... populace. 26. I heard
they’re all in, and they all took ... same examination Eli
did. 27. You are ... most loathsome beast that it’s ever
been my misfortune to meet. 28. It was maddening having
to stay inside when outside ... first snow he had ever seen
was falling. 2 9 .1 am writing such ... long letter because
it is raining like crazy here and we can’t finish ... second
coat of the deck house. 30. This is ... second Sunday since
ray return and all day it has been windy. 31
next day
he had shown Craig his play. 32. Colonel Kelly opened
and closed his hands nervously, wondering how he could
tell ... fifteen human beings behind the door about the
interview with Ri Ying and the lunatic ordeal they were
going to have to endure. 33. As they had known what he
had been doing at his desk for ... last hour or so, they
would have every right, he thought, to come storming out
of their cubicals and into his office to tear his checkbook
to bits.
*18. Translate the following sentences from Russian into English.
1.
Другим частым посетителем дома был Анерин Ри
управляющий банка, высокий сухой лысый человек,
к которому Эндрю с первого взгляда почувствовал недо­
верие. 2. Предполагалось, что он приедет со мною, но в
последний момент он вынужден был остаться в НьюЙорке. 3. Когда поднялся занавес и были произнесены
первые строчки, он испытал странное чувство. 4. Я все­
гда считал ее очень привлекательной девушкой. 5. За­
тем он рассказал Бреду о Вирджинии, о письмах, теле­
70
фонных звонках, последней безумной сцене, происшед­
шей шесть недель назад. 6. Я предполагаю, что это самый
замечательный момент в его жизни. 7. Он-был польщен,
но в то же время раздражен. 8. Вирджиния улыбнулась
точно такой же улыбкой, какой она улыбалась всем
остальным. 9. Это единственная проблема, которую я не
могу решить. 10. Все повернулись к единственной в
комнате женщине, которая молча слушала их спор.
11. Господин Эренхард казался подходящим человеком
в данной ситуации. 12. Он приехал другим поездом.
13. Думаю, через несколько недель ты будешь скакать
по горам (to prance) с Леонардом и другими ходячими
больными. 14. Анна, самое важное лицо в семье, пове­
лительным жестом заставила его замолчать. 15. То был
крайне неприятный разговор для всех них. 16. Он по­
смотрел на напечатанный список вопросов, которые ему
дал Гейл, и прочитал еще раз первый вопрос. 17. Они
все могут выйти через ту самую дверь, через которую
мы все вышли. 18. В последний момент Уодли увидел
его, выпрямился и улыбнулся ему. 19. Разве это не
была та самая возможность, о которой говорила Глэдис?
20. «Он очень красивый молодой человек, но недостаточ­
но умен»,— подумала Магда о Барте, когда впервые
увидела его на железнодорожной станции. 21. Он сделал
ей замечание уже в третий или четвертый раз, с того
момента как они сели за стол. 22. Она открыла другую
(вторую) дверь и увидела, что она ведет в переднюю.
23. Я думала, что ты видела его в прошлый вторник.—
Нет, но я увижу его в следующий вторник.
19. Think ot situations for the following sentences.
1 . 1 suppose it’s the most wonderful moment in his life.
2. Absently he dropped the two lumps of sugar into
his coffee and began to stir it.
3. Has it slipped your memory that I ’ve got a first
night to-night?
4. It is the only thing that deeply amuses me.
5. “Don’t make the same routine suggestions,” she
said.
6. You are doing the right thing.
7. “I am going on to the other place,” he said after a
pause.
20. Analyze the attributes expressed by present and past partici­
ples and underline those which affect the use of articles.
1. A man and his wife, in the crowd coming out of the
71
auditorium through the lobby, passed nearby. 2. For an
hour she had lost patience and her body had ruthlessly
recorded the fact in a rising temperature and a raising
pulse. 3. All forward traffic had been stalled at the con­
trol and there were only the descending trucks passing.
4. To blow the bridge at a stated hour based on the time
set for the attack is how it should be done. 5. He was
smoking a cigarette and he wore a knitted cap and blan­
ket style cape. 6. He fumbled with the lock, cursing who­
ever had stolen the radio in New York City, and for a wild
moment looked in the car parked next to his to see if by
chance the keys were in the ignition. 7. As the set was
warming up he picked up his newspaper, turned to the
sports pages and idly ran his eye down the racing cards.
8. Maple Street was a wide tree-shaped avenue which ran
north and south from one end of town to the other. 9. Imag­
ine three very naughty little girls who liked all children,
hated bedtime but who could run twice as fast as those
who were in charge of them and had the added advantage
of being able to see in the dark. 10. The First Church of
Barnhouse in Los Angeles has a congregation membering
in the thousands. 11. Now let’s remember this is a wedding
not a smoke-filled hotel room. 12. With the contentment
of a miser counting his money, Helen fondled the rest of
the instruments one by one. 13. What had started as
almost a hobby and a mild boost to his ego had become a
ruling interest in his life. 14. There was a quick startled
wonder in her eyes when she opened the door and saw Jack
standing there. 15. A prickling sensation spread over the
back of his neck.
*21. Fill in the blanks with articles. Explain your reasons for the
use of the articles.
1. Kelly counted ... figures still surviving on the board.
2. Rose Waterford had ... blistering tongue. 3. I was like
... child brought to her first school, or ... little untrained
maid who has never left home before. 4. The newcomer,
unconscious of her interest, cast ... wondering eye over
the menu. 5. There was ... bundle packed across one saddle
that I did not understand. 6. In the dark he saw it was
Pilar and he looked at the dial of his wrist watch with ...
two hands shining in the short angle close to the top. 7.
He lurched away like ... frightened horse barely missing the
piano stool. 8. He had had ... intended destination. 9. ...
72
knot tightening my lungs held for another second and
then loosened. 10. The young man, who was tall and thin
with ... sun-streaked fair hair, and ... wind- and sun-burned
face, who wore ... sun-faded flannel shirt, a pair of ...
peasant’s trousers and rope-soled shoes, leaned over and
put the heavy pack up onto his shoulders. 11. Down ...
twisting road we went without a word. 12. The five men
were spread out like the points of ... five-pointed star.
13. What would he do with ... remaining years? 14. He
went down ... crowded lobby, smiled without warmth at
two people he knew but did not wish to talk to. 15. There
was ... crashing crack and a stab of yellow in the dark.
16. What you need is what ... working girl needs, a holiday
that is a rest. 17. In the city she was always ... walking
advertisement for the products she worked on. 18. He had
been on the list for three days, but now the pain had al­
most disappeared in ... injured leg and all his vital signs
were back to normal. 19. He rose his hand in ... mocking
salute. 20. They watched him walk stiffly and self-con­
sciously in to ... darkened hotel. 21. He wondered what his
old friend would think about him if he had happened to
glance down at ... repeated signatures on ... scraps of paper
scattered across ... littered desk. 22. It is clustered around
... abandoned lighthouse, ... lighthouse that was once
needed when there was water enough around to let big
ships come and go.
*22. Translate front Russian into English using participles as
attributes wherever possible.
1. Он запер дверь, ведущую в зал. 2. Ребята, обслу­
живающие пушку, катили ее в начале процессии.
3. Квартирмейстер указал пальцем на женщину, стоя­
щую рядом с ним. 4. Это была Вирджиния, с шарфом на
голове, в отделанном мехом сером пальто. 5. Мы шли по
длинному покрытому ковром коридору и затем поверну­
ли налево. 6. Он услышал приглушенный гул прибли­
жающегося самолета. 7. Я стоял у железных ворот га­
ража и некоторое время не мог войти туда. 8. У миссис
Ван Хоппер была квалифицированная сиделка. 9. Он
поднял глаза и увидел мужчину, стоящего перед ним.
10. Эндрю был человеком, наделенным почти чрезмерным
терпением. 11. Затем он последовал за своим неизвест­
ным другом обратно в освещенный зал. 12. Она посмот­
рела на него с шутливой улыбкой. 13. Он послал ей только
записку, в которой сообщалось, что он возвращается.
73
14. Он оглянулся и увидел идущего к нему пятнадцати­
летнего мальчика. 15. Наступила гнетущая пауза. 16. Он
пошел в указанном направлении и вскоре очутился у ма­
газина Камерона. 17. Грант с интересом посмотрел на
написанные карандашом слова. 18. Красная неоновая
вывеска тускло мигала, жужжа как умирающее насеко­
мое. 19. Техники и военнослужащие, участвовавшие в
работе, знали, что проводится испытание, но испытание
чего — они не имели представления. 20. На двери, веду­
щей на веранду, Барт прочел «Доктор Смит».
23. Determine whether the articles refer to the noun in the geni­
tive case or the head noun. Comment on the meaning of the
articles. Translate the sentences into Russian.
1. It is beneath a man’s dignity to listen and give im­
portance to rumours. 2. Head teachers of secondary schools
through their association have called for an urgent recon­
vening of the Burnham pay negotiating committee in an
attempt to settle the teachers’ dispute. 3. They found on the
dressing-table an unpaid dressmaker’s bill. 4. Back from
sea M. Eden came homing for California with a lover’s
desire. 5. It was a peasant’s face, the cheeks hollow under
the high cheekbones, the beard stubbled, the eyes shaded by
the heavy brows, big hands holding the rifle. 6. Riley,
listening to the wild cat with an itchy hunter’s look,
snatched at the leaves blowing about us like midnight butter­
flies. 7. There was a burst of welcoming voices, a woman’s
laugh, and the sound of it mingled with the banging of
doors. The woman’s laugh stayed in his mind. 8. The Na­
tional Association of Teachers in Further and Higher
Teachers Education, which is 78,000-strong, is to hold its
first national ballot for strike action if the employers do
not improve their pay offer, the union’s national council
decided yesterday. 9. He looked through the trees to
where Primitivo, holding the reins of the horse was twist­
ing the rider’s foot out of the stirrup. 10. He justly said
no one knew better than he the hardship of the author’s
trade,and if he could help a struggling journalist to earn a
few guineas by having a pleasant chat with him he had not
the inhumanity to refuse. 11. The woman wanted to know
what Basil thought of the boy’s character. 12. But there
came a time when the buck’s ears lifted and tensed with
swift eagerness for sound. 13. He began to experience the
almost forgotten feeling which hastens the lover’s feet.
14. Jan answered the doctor’s questions reluctantly.
74
15. The coal board’s western area punishment squad yes­
terday carried out its threat to lay off 1,800 miners from
the three-pit complex in Geigh-Wigan area.
*24. Fill in the blanks with articles wherever necessary. Translate
the sentences into Russian.
1. He lost himself In search of the ultimate answer to
the enigma (загадка) of ... man’s role on this earth. 2. To­
day, from 1 p.m. till 2 there will be a picket at ... re­
gime’s embassy, South Africa House in ... London’s Trafal­
gar square, to mark the appeal in court in South Africa of
76-year-old trade union leader Oscar Mpetha. 3. She was
... headmaster’s daughter. 4. She wondered looking at ...
Mrs. Carlton’s calm face, how often she had wept silently
into her pillow when her husband had failed to come.
5. John wore ... telegraph messenger’s coat which was far
too big and a cap which was not quite big enough. 6. Len
Murray, ... former general secretary of the TUC, is also
among the four new life peers created in ... New Year’s
Honours List. 7. “I have often wondered,” he said, “why
there is a kind of a Christian awe about ... confectioner’s
shop.” 8. ... newspaper’s international Prize tournament
attended by the strongest ice-hockey teams was an impor­
tant event in the preparation for the world and European
championship. 9. They can carry on an amusing and ani­
mated conversation w ith o u t... moment’s reflection to what
they are saying. 10. ... aunt P itty ’s apprehensions quieted
when she saw that Rhett was on his best behaviour. 11. She
saw ... girl’s face break into laughter, her hand go up and
tousle his hair affectionately. 12. In an interview on ...
BBC Radio’s Women’s Hour, the Prime Minister said the
government had been reluctant to put up interest rates.
13. If any of ... Britain’s five major plants are closed it
will be clear statement by this government that Britain
is finished as a manufacturing and industrial nation. 14. The
room had the look not of ... writer’s workshop, but of a me­
morial to a great name. 15. Denwaby Close was not just a
substantial farm; it was a monument to ... man’s endurance
and skill. 16. The popular professor had called the meet­
ing in the hope that on this one subject at least the rep­
resentatives of the various parties would be able to get
through ... hour’s discussion without quarrelling. 17. ...
coal board’s refusal to negotiate with ... miners’ unibnhas
provoked ... industry’s supervisor’s union NACODS to
boycott all national discussions with the coal bosses. 18.
75
The books were so much a part of ... room’s decorative
scheme that you wouldn’t have dared to have taken one.
19. Eve rose, casting down, for Ralph to see, a startled and
indignant look at ... doctor’s wife’s body as if it were an
offensive piece of rubbish washed up on the pure sands
of her mind. 20. He would abandon ... hero’s or ... mar­
ty r’s end gladly. 21. Speculators bought up boatloads of
goods and held them for a rise in prices. The civilian pop­
ulation had either to do without or buy at ... specula­
tors’ prices. 22. He learned ... trader’s name but he also
learned that the trader had sold Phebe to a “private par­
ty”. 23. He turned his head to review the crescent of land­
scape around the beach, as if through his fresh eyes ...
doctor’s wife could renew her sense of ... island’s beauty.
24. The man came out of the twilight when the greenish
yellow of ... sun's last light still lingered in the west.
*25. Translate from Russian into English using nouns in the gen­
itive case wherever possible.
1.
У друга отца Чила где-то здесь гараж. 2. Он под
двинул стул к кровати Сан, и они поговорили шепотом.
3. После минутной паузы метрдотель тоже засмеялся.
4. С ним был еще один мужчина, тоже в черной крестьян­
ской блузе и темно-серых брюках, которые были почти
формой в той провинции. 5. Памятник художнику — его
произведение. 6. Поезд Барта прибыл на центральную
станцию около половины шестого, и он пошел в гости­
ницу для военнослужащих. 7. Ей было стыдно просить
девушку выполнять обязанности прислуги. 8. Джин,
пойди и скажи им, что они должны немедленно убрать
эти вещи наверх. Я не могу допустить, чтобы эта ком­
ната была похожа на свалку (место для старой одежды).
9. Уж поверь(разве ты не поверишь) женскому инстинк­
ту в этом деле. 10. Обычно Скарлетт раздражало при­
сутствие ребенка, но он всегда вел себя очень хорошо
на руках у Ретта. 11. Положение Джэксона было жал­
ким. Он не мог прокормить (заработать на пропитание)
семью своей работой и торговлей вразнос (to peddle).
Ему не дали даже работу ночного сторожа. 12. Жена
священника, которая не выносила никаких скандалов,
попросила англичанина сказать Лиспет, что он вернется
и женится на ней. 13. Я зажег сигарету, чтобы дать
себе минуту подумать. 14. В коммюнике советской деле­
гации сообщалось, что отношения двух стран должны
расширяться на основе равенства и взаимной выгоды.
76
15. Тень омрачила лицо Дорин. 16. Это выставка стари­
ка Челленджера, и мы здесь благодаря его доброй воле.
17. Они прошли с милю и присели на ступеньках не­
большого здания. 18. Дом был обставлен с очень хоро­
шим вкусом, старина в нем разумно сочеталась с совре­
менностью, и Майкл был прав, сказав, что это, несомнен­
но, дом джентльмена. 19. Новая модель фирмы, Ланция
Ралли 0,37 — легкая и достаточно мощная машина.
20. «Хорошо, хорошо,— сказал он устало.— Все, что
угодно, за спокойную жизнь». 21. СПИД (AIDS) — при­
обретенный синдром иммунной недостаточности — вы­
зывается одним или ббльшим количеством вирусов, кото­
рые разрушают естественную защиту организма от ин­
фекций. 22. Какое ты имеешь право идти в полицию и
сообщать имя девушки, как будто она воровка или поте­
рянный зонтик или что-то вроде этого? 23. Она погладила
девушку по голове, не глядя на нее. 24. Где вчерашняя
газета?
26. Think of situations for the following sentences.
1. It is a children’s theatre.
2. She sat busily patching a boy’s torn shirt.
3. He is the people’s hero, isn’t he?
4. She didn’t quite like the fellow’s manner, so she
got up, not without dignity, and with an apology for
troubling him bade him good day.
5. In less than an hour she had packed two bags with a
week’s worth of clothing for both of them.
6. Yes, the girl’s voice was a very low whisper.
*27. Supply articles for the nouns modified by nouns in the com­
mon case if necessary. Explain your reasons for the use of the
articles.
1. Once he passed close to ... troop truck and the lights
flashed and he saw their faces fixed and sad in the sudden
light. 2. Then they heard the noise of ... hand grenades
heavy and sudden in the gay rolling of ... rifle fire. 3. He
called ... observation post and he was not there. 4. This
was how they were talking in the sawmill, while Anselmo
waited in the snow watching the road and the light in ...
sawmill window. 5. There was ... telephone line running
along the road and its wires were carried over the bridge.
6. During the next few months the cub took every opportu­
nity that came her way to harry elephants and there were
many such occasions for ... elephant season was beginning.
77
7. ... mill hands said that Leslie kept them working all
summer in order to be able to take their money away.
8. Then he comes back, crooks his finger, gives you ... cul­
tured pearl necklace he’s smuggled in, and you fall into
his arms. 9. He came up the street bank by ... Dawson
barracks with shivering heart and shaking knees. 10. Now,
he drew two large wheels with circles around them and
a short line for ... gun barrel. 11. It was necessary that ...
Delaney cards should be filled during the third period.
12. “He might have been given ... Nobel Prize at one
time,” the man in the taxi thought. 13. Anselmogrunted.
“I ’m going for wine,” he told Robert Jordan. Robert got
up and lifted the sacks away from ... cave entrance and
leaned them one on each side of ... tree trunk. 14
school
bell was Kenny Stearns’ secret love. 15. I had arrived
early and had been taken upstairs to admire ... Hale
children.
*28. Supply articles for the nouns modified by prepositional
phrases. Determine whether the prepositional phrases are limit­
ing or descriptive.
1.
And if it comes to that, what’s wrong with ... peop
in the hotel? 2. ... man at the control would not give the
safe-conduct back. 3. How good to be like ... hand within
a glove that stretches out and grows wonderfully cold
in the hot sand. 4. When he came into the room, Smith
went at once to ... woman in the uniform and bowed to her.
5. He saw ... girl with long hair springing back into two
pigtails. 6. We ate in ... pavilions on the sand. 7. He was
dressed in ... singlet without arms, and ... pair of duck
trousers. 8. Then ... sniper behind the boulder a hundred
yards down the slope exposed himself and fired. 9. Aunt
Carrie and Ju lia’s mother, Mrs. Lambert, lived in the
morning-room, ... long narrow room with Empire fur­
niture. 10. This passenger had come with ...ship from the
Baltic state that owned her, but there was something
about his appearance, in spite of his clothes, his moustache,
that suggested he was really ... native of this island. 11. In
order to be on the safe side Bart rang up Jan from ... telephone-booth near the railway station. 12. ... faces on the
wharf began to take on individuality. 13. She leaned back
against ... wall of the cupboard and he rubbed his nose
against hers. 14. Now the mob was pressed tight against
the door and from the square ... big drunkard in ... black
smock with ... red and black handkerchief around his
78
neck, ran and threw himself against ... press of the mob.
15. The snow was falling through ... hole in the roof on
... coals of the fire. 16. Glancing at ... clock above the
door I saw that it was two o’clock. 17. It was dark and
he looked at ... light across the road and shook his arms
against his chest to warm them.
29. Analyze the use of articles with the nouns modified by ofphrases. Classify the of-phrases according До their meaning.
A. 1. Now, a little chit of fourteen just leaving school
expects at least five pounds a week. 2. The Duchess wore
a dressing-jacket of the same colour made of velvet and
trimmed at the neck and wrists with bands of dark sable.
3. There was always a throng of boys in the closet, though
they knew they were not allowed to smoke there. 4. It
was a sign of relief that he saw at last the crenellated walls
of the lonely Chinese city. 5. Beyond the lighted desks
the harbour was a sheet of sparkling silver under the full
moon. 6. He had a moment of gloom, as he thought that
now Jan was away there was no one in the world to whom
he could really talk. 7. Sunday noon Verena came in to
look at the table: with its sprawling center-piece of peachcoloured roses and dense fancy stretches of silver ware,
it seemed set for a party of twenty; actually there were
only two places. 8. But there is in my nature a strain of
ascetism. 9. Magda ppened a bottle of scotch. 10. A mile
of cotton fields smiled up to a warm sun. 11. This solitary
passenger was a man of medium height but of a massive
build, square and bulky about the shoulders and thick­
chested. 12. A bishop keeps on saying at the age of eighty
what he was told to say when he was a boy of eighteen,
and as a natural consequence, he always looks absolutely
delightful. 13. But when a squad of bearded men came
lumbering down the steps, laden with an assortment of
stolen articles and she saw Charles’ sword in the hands
of one, she did cry out. 14. Here in Castile, May is a month
of great heat, but it can have much cold. 15. It was a big
key of iron, over a foot long. 16. After nearly an hour of
fire watching, no tea had come. 17. Now it happened that
he went to call on a friend of his on the very first afternoon
of his summer vacation.
B. 1. The surface of the lagoon at Dee Why, spunkled
with seagulls whose plumage gleamed incredibly white,
was a heaven of peace under its sand-hills. 2. John laughed
and the sound of the laugh was hard. 3. Jan imagined in the
79
slight pause that she could see the ironical lift of Mrs.
Carlton’s brows. 4. He felt that the sound of a woman sing­
ing as she prepared dinner was just the last touch to make
things perfect. 5. It was a big drop from being the wife
of Delphin Slade to being his widow. 6. He spun round and
gazed at the face of the girl with whom he had drunk tea at
the refreshment room many months ago. 7. It said so here
in the French newspaper: Rommel was waiting for some­
thing to happen, and while he waited he was avoiding all
battle with the cunning of a fox. 8. He said it in the won­
derfully soft voice of the Island men.9. Thestory was well
known at the time, though, of course out of respect to the
feelings of the two noble families, every attempt was made
to hush it up. 10. In the ante-Chamber were only an ancient
porter and a page; and I had a sudden and melancholy
feeling that the members were all attending the funeral of
the head waiter. 11. The idea of spending the rest of my
life buying and selling, using my days to increase my
wealth, which is already more than sufficient, is distaste­
ful to me. 12. “Look at the girl,” he said, “she hasn’t yet
learnt the art of doing nothing.” 13. Then the impossibil­
ity of reasoning with this woman overwhelmed him.
14. Axel Jorache rowed slowly out towards the centre of
the river. 15. I left her quite happy after the arrival of the
nurse, propped up on pillows with a falling temperature.
*30. Fill in the blanks with articles wherever necessary. Comment
on the of-phrases modifying the nouns.
1.
Robert Jordan saw ... woman of about fifty almost
big as Pablo, she was as wide as she was tall, in ... black
peasant skirt and waist, with heavy wool socks on heavy
legs. 2. She was here with the news and was in such ...
state of radiant exultation as I ’d never seen. 3. He had ...
face of one who walks in his sleep, and for a wild moment
the idea came to me that perhaps he was not normal, not
altogether sane. 4. El Sordo went into the cave and came
out with ... pinch bottle of scotch whiskey and three glasses.
5. Just, however, as he reached ... top of the great oak
staircase, a door was flung open, two little white-robed
figures appeared, and a large pillow whizzed past his head.
6. In the pocket with the wire he felt his players with the
two wooden awls for making holes in ... end of the blocks
and then, from the last inside pocket, he took ... big box
of the Russian cigarettes. 7. He saw my face and stopped;
80
then he came over quickly to stand beside me, giving me ...
little smile of reassurance. 8. He slapped ... handful of
notes on ... top of the table. 9. Her hair black and curling
fell down her back, and she wore ... wreath of scented
flowers. 10. You have told your car to wait round the cor­
ner so that it should not stand outside the door and by
its magnificence affront his poverty, but at the door he
says: “You’ll find a bus at ... bottom of the street.”
11. Their furniture consisted o f ... couple of grass-mats on
which they slept, ... fragment of looking-glass. 12. She
was a native, ... woman of somewhat commanding pres­
ence. 13. Lights were flickering on along the wharf, imme­
diately giving the unlit entrances ... sombre air of mystery.
14. A few weeks after this, the purchase was completed,
and at ... close of the season the Minister and his family
went down to Canterville Chase. 15. He was in the act of
adding ... picture of bananas, an apple and ... head of
Queen Elizabeth to ... long line of others, when Mary
Poppins walked up to him, tiptoeing so as to surprise
him. 16. A deep harsh note boomed under the palms, spread
through ... intricacies of the forest and echoed back from
... pink granite of the mountain. 17. That’s why I offered
to make her ... present of her wedding dress. 18. From
her bed she could see the snow flakes falling like ... swarm
of white butterflies. 19. She drew ... tumbler of water and
dissolved ... large spoonful of white powder in it. 20. They
had a mile to walk to reach ... edge of the plateau where
they would be able to see some expanse on the lower and
sheltered side. 21. He said, “Thanks”, and straightened
with ... smile of apology, a difficult effort on the long
intense face, more an apologetic grimace than a smile.
22. If only they could reach Malaga before dark! There
must be a French or British agent in ... port of such impor­
tance. 23. Sheltering from ... steady drift of a cold desert
wind, they lay on their backs surrounded by hard and
flat exposure. 24. He is ... political figure of great impor­
tance. 25. He picked his way to ... seaward edge of the
datform and stood looking down into the water. 26. Every
orce of his being impelled him to spring up and confront
the unseen danger, but his soul dominated the panic, and
he remained squatting on his heels, in his hands ... chunk
of gold. 27. “Hey!” said ... owner of the foot, turning
around. 28. She was ... steamship of some 3,500 tons, flying
... flag of one of the new Baltic states. 29. Jerome Haring,
... private soldier of General Sherman’s army, then con­
f
81
fronting the enemy at and about Kennesaw Mountain,
Georgia, turns his back upon ... small group of officers,
with whom he had been talking in low tones. 30. I t’s
... face of a conspirator. 31. It was ... city of over 500,000,
with ... ambition, ... daring, ... activity of ... metropolis
of a million. 32. ... next stage of the visit began now as
Mrs. Broadwith brought in ... cup of tea. 33. I did have
... idea of going back to camp but now I ’ve met you and I
wouldn’t mind postponing it. 34. The girls have ... way
of looking as though they’re pretty much satisfied with
everything. 35. Jess and I ’ve been talking about ... pos­
sibility of his getting back into production one of these
days, and I ’ll know where I can get hold of him.
31. Complete the statements.
1. Water boils at a temperature of iQP.2. Water freezes
at a temperature of
3. The plane was flying at a height
of >1/4 4. They had to walk a distance of ... . 5. He was so
strong, he could carry a weight of ... . 6. Are you going to
the shop? Please, buy a pound of ... .7 . Her brother was a
boy of ... . 8. George is a friend o f ... . 9. Is she a daughter
of ...? 10. He told us the story of ... . 11. Suddenly we
heard the sound o f ... . 12. He had the reputation o f ... .
*32. Translate the following sentences from Russian into English
using of-phrases as attributes wherever possible.
1.
Когда они съели консервированные абрикосы
которыми заканчивался обед, Чинк принес им по чашке
чая. 2. Песчаная кромка заводи вырисовывалась как
склон холма. 3. Он очень любознательный человек.
4. Май — месяц больших температурных контрастов.
5. «Я просто сидела и наслаждалась тем, что вижу
Джейн»,— сказала Марри. 6. Она налила ему чашку
кофе и подала банку сгущенного молока. 7. Ему было за
семьдесят. 8. Она бросила на него взгляд полный нена­
висти. 9. Выражение (чувство) горя исказило его краси­
вое лицо. 10. Они проехали расстояние в несколько миль.
11. Это был юноша девятнадцати лет, ростом в шесть
футов и два дюйма, с сильными мускулами. 12. Он бросил
на меня удивленный взгляд. 13. На нем был костюм
из прекрасной серой ткани, но не очень хорошего по­
кроя. 14. Через мгновение примчалась толпа взволно­
ванных туземцев, и их крики быстро донесли радостные
вести до деревни. 15. Он сделал нетерпеливый жест,
16. Он молодой человек с чувством такта. 17. В нем под­
82
нялось чувство негодования. 18. Дома выглядят так,
как будто их только что покрыли слоем краски. 19.
Когда Рой пригласил автора лестной рецензии на лэнч,
он это сделал потому, что был искренне благодарен ему
за хорошее мнение, а когда он пригласил автора нелест­
ной рецензии — это было потому, что он искренне за­
ботился о своем мастерстве. 20. Спрингвейл находился
на расстоянии трех миль от деревни, поэтому ему прихо­
дилось тратить много времени, чтобы добираться туда и
видеть Джейн каждый день. 21. Когда впоследствии он
писал о средних слоях общества, он искренне верил,
что они составляют основу страны. 22. Как раз в это
время стук копыт послышался на вершине холма, и в
свете луны показались четыре или пять- наездников.
23. Ральф нерешительно приложил узкий конец ракови­
ны ко рту и дунул. 24. Когда он объявил о дне своего
отплытия, она не могла сдержать радость. 25. «Я просто
так выразился, господин Уикс»,— сказал он. 26. Если
тебе не нравится идея сесть снова за руль, я могу по­
ехать в Скуон с твоим письмом и забрать тебя на обрат­
ном пути.
33. Think of situations for the following sentences.
1. I t’s a matter of entire indifference to me.
2. She gave him a little nod of dismissal.
3 .1
felt rather like someone peering through the key
hole of a locked door.
4. The float nosed over the top of the wave.
5. She sat down at the foot of a pine tree and looked out
across the meadow.
34. Find the Russian equivalent and use the following
in a situation.
proverb
Better be the head of a dog than the tail of a lion.
35. Find attributive clauses and determine whether they are lim­
iting or descriptive in the following sentences. Comment on
the use of articles.
1. Rosie’s eyes travelled to a picture on the wall that
for some reason had escaped my notice. 2. The servant who
opened the door and showed where to go, gave me an un­
pleasant look as I passed him and went into a big room
where two old gentlemen were sitting, looking at me with
interest. 3. I suppose that is why when Roy lectured in
some provincial town not a single copy of the books of
83
the authors he had spoken of was ever asked for, but —
there was always a run of his own. 4. The proof is that here
they have done nothing since the train that Kashkin or­
ganized. 5. There was a buzzer by the side of the door
that was designed to open it automatically, but it had
been broken for a week. 6. “It did not,” the soldier who was
cookingsaid. 7 . I ’m ’a bout to have a conference with a young
woman whose conscience is probably giving her twinges
of remorse. 8. Men have always wanted a personal God
to whom they can turn in distress for comfort and encour­
agement. 9. And on this day most of the men in the double
line across the plaza wore the clothes in which they worked
in the fields. 10. “What kind of country is this where
it snows when it is almost June?” the soldier who was sit­
ting on the bunk said. 11. Look at the miracles that have
happened before this. 12. But Nunez advanced with the
confident steps of a youth who enters upon life. 13. “It
seems as though there was a dream that you woke from,”
Maria said to Robert Jordan. 14. Then he waved his hand
in the direction the woman had called from and started
to walk between the lines.
36. Write out the sentences containing limiting attributes. Tell
the dialogue in indirect speech.
Robert: Don’t use that brush, it’ll be dirty. That’s
the brush with which Mother painted the stove.
Mrs. Parker: No, this is the brush I did the stove with.
That one’s only been used for the screen paint.
Mr. Parker: Which of you is the villain who’s hidden my
special tin of paint?
Robert: Not me. But I think I know where it is.
Mrs. Parker: Harry, let Robert do the parts high up under
the roof. He is lighter than you are on the ladder.
Mr. Parker: No. That’s all right. You know, Nora, I ’ve
been wanting to paint these windows since the day
we moved in.
Mrs. Parker: Me too.
Robert: Is this the tin you were looking for? It was in the
very place where you put it, in the shed.
Mr. Parker: Hand it up to me. That’s right. This side of
the house needs a lot of paint. I t’s the side which
catches all the wind and rain!
Mrs. Parker: I t ’s very difficult to do the parts that are
close to the glass.
84
Mr. Parker: Yes, they are the parts that need special care.
Mrs. Parker: I t’s beginning to look nice, isn’t it?
Mr. Parker: Yes, but it’s the beautiful green streak you’ve
put in your hair which I admire most. Look out!
I ’m falling!
Mrs. Parker: Harry! Harry! Are you hurt?
Mr. Parker: No, I don’t think so.
Mrs. Parker: What on earth was it you thought you were
doing?
Mr. Parker: I just stepped back to admire the piece I ’d
just painted. I forgot I was up a ladder.
Mrs. Parker: Think of my heart, Harry!
Mr. Parker: I am the person whose heart needs attention,
not you!
Mrs. Parker: I t ’s not your heart th a t’s wrong, dear. I t’s
your brain.
*37. Supply articles for nouns modified by attributive clauses
wherever necessary; state whether the attributive clause
affects the use of articles or not.
1. They were in the cave and the men were standing
before ... fire Maria was fanning. 2. There was ... wind
that blew through ... battle but that was a hot wind.
3. Below on the slope ... man who had run from the pile
of stones to the shelter of the boulder (валун) was speak­
ing to the sniper. 4. One of the men turned from ...
building that he was doing. 5. Since you all decided that
it should be done it is ... service that I can do. 6. This
is like ... wheel that goes up and round. 7. ... man who
was being pushed out by Pablo and Cuatro Dedos was
Don Anastasio Rivas who was an undoubted fascist and
the fattest man in the town. 8. They turned down ...
road that led through the Domain past the Art Gallery.
9. When Don Guillermo stood there ... woman started
to scream from the balcony of ... apartment where he
lived. 10. There are words for all the vile words in Eng­
lish and there are ... other words and expressions that
are used only in ... countries where blasphemy keeps
pace with the austerity of religion. 11. At the left, just
past the top, there was ... loop of road where cars could
turn and there were lights winking in front of ... big
stone building that bulked long and dark against the
night sky. 12. On paper the bridge is blown at ... mo­
ment the attack starts in order that nothing will come
up the road. 13. It had seemed just and right and nec­
85
essary that ... men who ran were shot. 14. She told me
which things not to eat, it was potatoes and ... things
that are fried. 15. Sure, Gaylord’s was ... place you needed
to complete your education. 16. ... man who was leading
rode along ... trail to where Pablo had circled and
stopped. 17. In her hand she brought ... little newspaper
parcel, which she gave to Mary who opened it. 18. Then
he saw her coming out from under ... blanket that cov­
ered the cave mouth. 19. Then there was ... valley that
no one held except for a fascist post in a farmhouse with
its outbuildings and its barn that they had fortified.
20. It was so quiet in the cave, suddenly, that he could
hear ... hissing noise the wood made burning on ...
hearth where Pilar cooked. 21. He was thinking of the
bluest eyes he’d ever seen and ... walk that put all ... models
he had been watching to scheme. 22. ... road, which was
broad and oiled and well-constructed, made a turn to
the left at the far end of the bridge and then swung out
of sight around a curve to the right. 23. As we were sit­
ting together, suddenly there came into her eyes ... look
that I had never seen there before. 24. Larry handed
out big marking pins and a small cap of spray paint to
each and went through a side door with ... sign that
warned everyone to stay out. 25. “That is what happens
to everybody," Pablo said, gloomily. “That is ... way
we’ll all finish.” 26. Through ... gate ...g irl came and
collided with me with ... force that nearly knocked me
off the pavement. 27. Mrs. Lambert wore black too, but
when Monsieur L’Able and the Commandant came to
dinner she put over her shoulders ... white lace shawl
that Ju lia had given her. 28. Frank Everly was ... law
clerk who looked up routine legal matters for Perry Mason
and sat with him in the trial of cases. 29. ... man who
had been called George by Albert Edward, Prince of
Wales, could hardly be expected to have any connection
with a native. 30. His hand reached out for ... Turkish
cigarette he had been offered.
*38. Translate from Russian into English trying to use attributive
clauses.
1. Это была история, которую я не мог никому до­
верить. 2. Это была не та аксиома, которая ему была
нужна. 3. Это была фраза, которую он мог опустить.
4. Я думаю о вас и о гостинице в Мадриде, в которой
я познакомился с несколькими русскими, и о книге,
86
которую я когда-нибудь напишу. 5. Я знаю одну аме­
риканку, которая меблировала квартиры и сдавала их.
6. Вы любите детей, миссис Блейк? — Как я могу от­
ветить на такой вопрос? — Неужели это вопрос, на
который вы не хотите отвечать? 7. Там есть квартиры,
которые выходят окнами в парк, и из окон виден весь
парк. 8. Есть способ, с помощью которого они могли
бы выполнить эту работу хорошо. 9. Роберт Джордан
ничего не сказал до тех пор, пока они не доехали
до луга, где лошадей привязали к кольям (to stake
out) и накормили. 10. Вам_надо было либо полностью
полагаться на людей, с которыми работали, либо со­
всем не полагаться на них, и надо было принять на
этот счет решение. 11. Из пяти человек, которые до­
брались до вершины горы, .трое были ранены. 12. Он
не смотрел на человека, о котором говорил. 13. Глядя
на ее лицо, он, казалось, уловил легкое дрожание
губ, как у ребенка, который легко раним. 14. У нее
были черные блестящие волосы. 15. Белл Уотлинг
была той рыжеволосой женщиной, которую она видела
на улице в первый день своего приезда в Атланту.
16. Она бросила равнодушный взгляд на мужчину,
который сидел на стуле у окна. 17. У вас нет семьи,
кроме брата, который завтра уезжает сражаться. 18. По­
года вообще (это то, что) выше моего разумения. 19. Его
не заинтересовали новости, которые мы ему сообщили.
20. Он, возможно, видел тех двух женщин, которые
шли по лощине (glen). 21. Кристина, которая стояла
рядом со мной, сказала: «Это позор». 22. Джейн улыб­
нулась и лениво растянулась на кушетке, к которой
был пододвинут стол. 23. Я хочу, чтобы вы с Ансельмо
пошли к тому месту, откуда он сможет видеть дорогу..
24. Берта посмотрела на карточку, на которой были
набросаны какие-то имена и цифры. 25. У нее есть
шанс, который может представиться лишь очень не­
многим из нас.
39. Determine whether the attributes expressed by infinitives in
the following sentences are limiting or descriptive. Comment
on the use or the absence of the article with the nouns modi­
fied by them.
1.
She thought how often he would come to her lik
this in the months to come with a need which was not
only that of the spirit. 2. There was the constant attempt
to approximate the conditions of the successful experi­
ments. 3. All the other things are forgiven or one had a
87
chance to atone for them by kindness or in some other
way. 4. Permission to cancel it will have to come from
Madrid. 5. “It would have been the intelligent and cor­
rect thing to have done under the circumstances,” Ro­
bert Jordan was thinking. 6. Also I know good places
to eat that are illegal but with good food. 7. And we will
keep things to eat in the room for when we’re hungry.
8. Because the people of this town are as kind as they
can be cruel and they have a natural sense of justice and
a desire to do that which is right. 9. They seemed to be
controlled by one man in the middle of the rush who
had a reason to be going in that direction. 10. Tom stood
there watching the scene, then made a move to follow
her but thought better of it.
*40. Supply articles for the nouns modified by attributive infini­
tives wherever necessary.
1. She felt herself yielding to ... blinding impulse
to run screaming from the building. 2. I believe that I
could walk up to the mill and knock on the door and I
would be welcome except that they have ... orders to
challenge all travellers and ask to see their papers. 3. How­
ever, that is not ... point to discuss. 4. He had not yet
had ... opportunity to test his judgement and, anyway,
the judgement was his own responsibility. 5. I have ...
right to ask him now because I have had to do the same
sort of things myself.-6. I tried to breathe, but ... effort
to inhale knotted my chest tighter, forcing breath out
instead of in. 7. Catching sight of the clock at the Army
and Navy Stores, he remembered ... engagement to play
golf at his club. 8. Tired w ith ,... desire to escape, she
hesitated. 9. He began to read, giving the stranger ...
opportunity to recover himself. 10. He felt ... need to
talk that, with him, was the sign that there had just
been much danger. 11. When she saw him, so slight,
with his hectic flush and his blue eyes, so charmingly
boyish, she felt a sudden pang and made ... attempt to
get up.
*41 (Revision). Fill in the blanks with articles.
1. He went into ... house by ... back door and
sneaked up ... stairs as though he had something to hide.
2. We’ll never get him ... second time. 3. ... silent house
gave them ... feeling of being there without leave. 4. “Oh,”
he said, “you’d have to go back through all ... records,
88
all ... way back to ... end of ... eighteenth century even,
to make any kind of ... guess.” 5. “What do you mean?”
But what he meant was quite obvious. ... quickly beating
heart gave him away. 6. It was ... third time that year
he had fallen asleep driving at night. 7. He was glad
that he had been born in ... most important city of the
United States. 8. The light in ... next room came from
... lamp hanging from ... ceiling. 9. But one way or ...
other it’s not bothering me. 10. Before ... first year had
passed I had saved ... thousand dollars and we had lived
in comfort. 11. I couldn’t see ... face that had been star­
ing at him from that window. 12. He hurled ... gramo­
phone on ... floor. 13. By ... stair was ... notice: “Office”.
... office consisted of ... glass window, firmly closed and
... printed card: “Press Bell”. 14. It was ... lovely July
evening, and ... air was delicate with ... scent of the
pinewoods. 15. ... waiters were reappearing with ... trays
and ... napkins and ... flaskes of wines. 16. It took him
some time to get used to ... darkness of ... forest again.
17. ... girl I had been shadowing turned ... knob and
opened ... door. 18. She was leaning against ... wall of
... baggage-shed near ...en d of ... wharf. 19. He rubbed
his hands together in ... pleased manner and called to
his wife. 20. Of all ... houses which had received him
in ... fall of 1862, Miss P ittypat’s was ... only house into
which he could enter in 1863. 21. Mr. Hungerton was ...
most tactless person upon earth. 22. “Now I ’m going
to g e t... cup of tea for both of us,” Doreen said. 23. I was
manager of ... Crawford Street branch of the Bank. 24. He
hoped it was ... main building, burning to ... ground.
25. The woman who ran it was very cheerful and ... only
person we knew in Montreux. 26. I thought she was ...
most wonderful creature I had ever seen. 27. ... follow­
ing evening the Mole, who had taken things very easy
all day, was sitting on ... bank fishing. 28. At this min­
ute Miss Griffith saw ... acquaintance on ... other side
of ... street and uttering ... word of recognition she
leaped across ... road. 29. I read the dedication written
in ... curious slanting hand. 30. ... strangest thing of
all was, that not ... soul in ... house, except me, noticed
her habits, or seemed to marvel at them. 31. It just
seems to be ... wrong way to go about it. 32. With ... cry
of anger Gisburne cut him down. 33. Mrs. Macandrew
shared ... common opinion of her sex that ... manis always
... brute to leave ... woman who is attached to him, but
89
that ... woman is much to blame if he does. 3 4 .1 sketched
in fancy with ... absent mind ... profile, ... sombre
eye, ... high-bridged nose, ... scornful upper lip. 35. He
thought he detected in her voice ... note of apprehension.
3 6 .1 can’t tell you coherently ... events of ... next twen­
ty-four hours, believe me. 37. ... vision of ... con­
sumptive son faded and in its stead aroused ... picture
of myself. 38. “Oh, th at’s nonsense," said Roy goodhumouredly, with ... tone of ... doctor who is trying to
persuade ... child to have its throat examined. 39. “What
about ... previous week? Could she have slipped the let­
ter in the box?” 40. And they brought ... pineapples and
... huge bunches of ... bananas. 41. They did not even
have to have ... same colour of eyes. 42. “I think it’s
a success,” she said. “... main thing is that it’s right.”
43. ... latter letters are as tender and as delightful as ...
first, b u t... tone was different. 44. Bart opened ... pack­
et of ... cigarettes and offered one to Magda. 45. ...
house faced ... garden. Above ... drawing-room were ...
two bedrooms and above these ... two rooms that could
be made into ... day and ... night nursery. 46. In ... house
there was nothing but ... poor worn bed with ... ragged
mosquito net, ... rickety chair, a n d ... washstand. 47. They
were all seized in their homes at ... hour the attack start­
ed. 48. Not marrying ... young lady, of whom you have
probably heard, was merely ... last straw. 49. Of course,
it’s ... very good thing for ... man to be ... gentleman,
but it is better that he should be competent and hard­
working. 50. He had come to ... conclusion that it could
be nothing serious that prevented Edward from coming
home. 51. I tremble with fear when I think of ... danger
I have escaped. 52. The grade school was ... large wooden
building, old, ugly and dangerous, but ... high school
was ... pride of ... town. 53. I know ... very half-acre
where it is grown. 54. I mean, instead of the books being
... usual story affairs they’d as likely as not be about
Arabia. 55. He chose ... wrong minute to say that. 56. This
was ... opportunity that Mr. Warburton could never
resist. 57. She stood by ... fire and stared into it before
sitting down in ... chair that Wilfred had just vacated.
58. The girls felt that ... theft had been reported to ...
Corona police. 59. ... voice that answered him was not
only ... masculine voice but also ... irritated, weary,
despairing voice, that of ... man who was rapidly coming
to ... conclusion, that he could be spending all Saturday
90
afternoon answering idiotic inquiries. 60. ... Ryan fam­
ily had made its way by weight of numbers and noise
to a position just below where Chilla was. 61. From be­
hind ... maid who opened ... door darted ... lovely girl
of nine who shrieked “Daddyl” and flew up, struggling
like ... fish, into his arms. 62. It was ... great landlocked
harbour big enough to hold ... fleet of battleships. 63. She
liked ... idea of guiding my virgin steps on ... hard road
of letters. 64. Do you mean to say you don’t want ...
money, ... big money, ... money_running into millions?
65. It was ... deep, comfortable room, with books lining
... walls to ... ceiling. 66. ... actions speak louder than
... words.
Supplementary task. Comment on the ideas expressed in sentences
49, 66.
*42. Fill in the blanks with articles. Write out a few sentences
containing nouns modified by different kinds of attributes
(i.e. by attributes expressed by adjectives, participle phrases
or attributive clauses). Explain the use of articles with these
nouns.
One Afternoon in 1939
This is ... constant story that I keep telling my daugh­
ter who is four years old. She gets something from it
and wants to hear it again and again.
“Once when I was ... little kid, just your age, my
mother and father took me on ... picnic to ...Mount
Rainier. We drove up there in ... old car and saw ... deer
standing in ... middle of ... road.
“We came to ... meadow where there was ... snow in
... shadows of ... trees and ... snow in ... places where
... sun didn’t shine.
“There were ... flowers growing in ... meadow and
they looked beautiful. In ... middle of ... meadow there
was ... huge round rock and ... Daddy walked over to
... rock and found ... hole in ... center of it and looked
inside. ... rock was hollow like ... small room.
“... Daddy crawled inside ... rock and sat there star­
ing out at ... blue sky and ... wild flowers. ... Daddy
really liked that rock and pretended that it was ... house
and we played inside ... rock all ... afternoon.
“He got some smaller rocks and took them inside ...
big rock. He pretended that ... smaller rocks were ...
91
stove and ... furniture and he cooked ... meal, using ...
wild flowers for food.”
That’s ... end of ... story. She has heard it ... thirty
or forty times and always wants to hear it again. I think
she uses it as ... kind of ... door to ... discovery of her
father when he was ... child and hercontemporary.
*43. Fill in the blanks with the definite article in thegeneric
meaning if necessary. Comment on the noun it is used with.
1. For centuries very little was known about ... Amer­
ican lobster. 2. ... heart understands when it is confront­
ed with contrasts. 3. He recalled that ... atom bomb
was the fruit of research and development within the
framework of the Manhattan project. 4. On the top of
this ... average teacher is not working ten hours a week
on top of their stretched working hours of a decade ago.
5. From a social standpoint ... man of science does not
exist. 6. ... soul is distinct from ... body, its senses are
from the mind: it is not part of the absolute, for the ab­
solute can have no parts. 7. That is because ... public
isn’t really interested in ... theatre. 8. The SDP—Liberal
Alliance is, vote for vote, a greater threat to ... Con­
servatives than to Labour. 9. If ... Belgians decide to
delay Cruise they would be the second of the five NATO
basing countries to do so. 10. This is just one example
of the hundreds of crimes perpetrated by ... Israelis in
the south of Lebanon today. 11. ... doctor oughtn’t to
sin against his professional etiquette. 12. Had he for­
gotten that Arnold Jackson had a tongue of silver, a
tongue by which he had charmed vast sums out of ...
credulous public? 13. ... man crossed ... space in metallic
cylinders that twisted time and space. 14. Who but ...
English would fill Covent Garden to listen to an aged
prima donna without a voice? Who but ... English
would pay to see dancers so decrepit that they can hardly
put one foot before the other? 15. In the light of the world’s
attitude toward ... woman and her duties the nature of
Carrie’s mental state deserves consideration. 16. But
the Prime Minister should recognize that he is again
face to face with a section of ... working class which,
having learned through bitter experience in the past,
now knows how to put up a fight. 17. I always think
it a pity that fashion having decided that the doings
of ... aristocracy are no longer a proper subject for se­
rious fiction. 18. I reflected that there must be a bowl
92
of goose grease on most farms; it was the all-purpose
lubricant and liniment for ... man and beast. 19. These
feel as much as ... poet though they have not the same
power of expression. 20. The Union of Soviet Socialist
Republics is a socialist state of ... whole people, express­
ing the will and interests of ... workers, peasants, in­
telligentsia. 21. He had the feeling that I have noticed
in some Americans that America is a difficult and even
dangerous place in which ... European cannot safely
be left to find his way about by himself. 22. The trouble
is, once the weeds are gone biologists don’t know what
will happen or where ... carp will migrate. 23. So long,
also, will the atmosphere of this realm work its desper­
ate results in the soul o f ... man. 24. What absurd fellows
you are both of youl I wonder who it was defined ... man
as a rational animal. 25. ... Italian public supports the
peaceful Soviet initiatives, the newspaper points out.
26. Founded by ... French, ruled for a few decades by
... Spanish and finely fought by ... Americans, it’s a
city of contrasts. 27. Milk is very nice, especially with
a drop of brandy in it, but ... domestic cow is only too
glad to be rid of it. 28. When ... Tories say ... class struggle
no longer exists they hope to persuade ... workers not
to fight for their just demands. 29. A United Nations
force spokesman in the area said th at a man was found
dead near the village with a bullet in his head after ...
Israelis left. 30. She came out of her sleep, the cough
tearing her again and again till it seemed impossible
that ... human body could endure so much. 31. ... artist
can express everything. 32. There is no firm evidence
for either of these explanations for the end o f ... dinosaur.
*44. Fill In the blanks with articles wherever necessary.
Mrs. Barthwick: You ... Liberals and ... Conservatives,
you’re all alike. You ought to join hands.
Barthwick: You’re talking nonsense. How is it possible
for ... Liberals and ... Conservatives to join hands,
as you call it? Why, the very essence of ... Liberal
is to trust in ... people.
Mrs. Barthwick: Now, John, eat your breakfast. As if
there were any real difference between you and ...
Conservatives. All ... upper classes have ... same in­
terests to protect, and ... same principles.
Barthwick: Indeed. (Heavily.) I am ... Liberal! Drop ...
subject, pleasel
93
Supplementary task. Answer the question why Mrs. Barthwick,
wife of a wealthy man, says that there Is no real difference
between the Liberals and the Conservatives. Is that really
so? What do you know about the political parties of England?
*45. Translate the following sentences into English.
1. Пролетариат возглавил революцию в России в
1917 году. 2. Эрнст пользовался любой возможностью
для разоблачения жестокости капиталистов и их экс­
плуатации рабочих. 3. Он всегда проявлял большой
интерес к культуре не только персов, но и турок, ар­
мян, арабов, грузин. 4. «Нацисты не остановятся ни
перед чем, я повторяю — ни перед чем»,— сказал он.
5. Ни один человек, рожденный женщиной, не может
жить в таких условиях. 6. Если дерево гнилое, оно
должно быть срублено и брошено в огонь. 7. Я пошел
на виллу, где у англичан был госпиталь. 8. Я полагаю,
что он принадлежит к аристократии. 9. Для амери­
канцев война была военной экспедицией с благород­
ными целями. 10. Никогда и нигде женщина не была
такой независимой, как в Советском Союзе. 11. Гру­
зины известны своим гостеприимством. 12. Католики
всегда пытаются выяснить, не являетесь ли вы като­
ликом. 13. Художник — это творец красивого. 14. Жен­
щину справедливо называют душой семьи. Большинство
самых прекрасных человеческих качеств воспитывается
в семье. 15. Говорят, что англичане очень консервативны.
16. Полный текст соглашения вскоре стал известен
прессе. 17. В других местах, куда она обращалась,
требовались только имеющие опыт. 18. В борьбе за
существование, как я показал, сильные и потомки
сильных имеют тенденцию выживать, в то время как
слабые и потомки слабых уничтожаются и имеют тен­
денцию погибать. 19. В то время универсальный ма­
газин находился на самой ранней стадии успешного
функционирования, и таких магазинов былб немного.
20. Анализ стоимости жизни дал неоспоримые свиде­
тельства того, что в капиталистических странах бога­
тые становятся богаче, а бедные беднее. 21. Малайцы
застенчивы и очень чувствительны.
*46. Fill in the blanks with articles wherever necessary. Explain
the use of articles with the noun “horse”.
Riding
In ... recent years riding has become ... sport for eve­
rybody. There are many reasons for this modern interest
94
in ... horse. One of ... strongest is ... coming of ... tele­
vision, ... medium which has shown ... millions of ...
families ... beauty of ... large international horse shows
and ... horse trials. Gradually people began to realise,
particularly ... younger ones, that here was ... sport
which they could enjoy all ... year round.
Riding is ... hobby that one can follow both in ...
winter and in ... summer. It is also ... pastime that ...
whole family can enjoy, you are never too old to learn
to ride. It is ... good healthy outdoor sport and it can be
recommended to anyone—... housewives, ... tired
businessmen, and ... hard-working high school pupils.
Learning to ride should b e ... slow and carefully planned
process, studying first ... horse as ... living person­
ality, and then training oneself into ... correct attitude
towards riding as ... art, which is needed if one wishes
to ride well.
At ... beginning of ... horse’s evolution he was ...
small hunted animal. It is because of this natural feeling
of being ... hunted that ... horse by ... nature is timid,
and sometimes very nervous. ... horse is not ... attacking
animal. His only method of ... defence is to run away,
and he has ... natural speed. ... horse is not ... intelli­
gent animal, and his mental powers have ... childlike
quality.
*47. Translate the following sentences from Russian into English.
1.
Иногда романист чувствует себя богом и гото
рассказывать вам все о своих героях. 2. Насколько
она могла видеть, пляж, море, и небо — все было се­
рым. 3. Девушки заказали кока-колу, а я — пиво.
4. Он вошел, неся чай в коричневом чайнике. Цейлон­
ский чай, очень крепкий, с молоком и сахаром, напом­
нил ей о днях, которые, как ей казалось, она забыла.
5. Я думала, что вы исчезли с лица земли. 6. Я изо­
брел машинку, которая раскалывает (делит) орех и
выскабливает ядро (the meat). 7. Как умно с вашей
стороны обирать беспомощных, и вдову, и сироту, и
невежественных! Но если уж вам надо воровать, Скарлетт, почему бы не красть у богатых и сильных вместо
бедных и слабых? 8. Барт поднял крышку чайника и,
налив воду, поставил его обратно на огонь. 9. Я жил
в свое удовольствие, как рыба (живет) в воде. 10. Он
задернул плотные зеленые шторы, и на складе стало
темно (наступила темнота). 11. Нефть гуще воды. 12. Мол95
чание раздражало Шелтона. 13. Душу его согревало
чувство удовлетворения, которое, казалось, растопило
его застенчивость. 14. Церковь прощает ужасающую
жестокость, с которой капиталисты обращаются с ра­
бочими. 15. Несмотря на все сомнения и опасения аме­
риканцы все-таки избрали его президентом. 16. В сердце
парня была ревность и жестокая убийственная нена­
висть к незнакомцу, который, как ему казалось, встал
между ними. 17. Теперь, когда я был далеко от шума
и от чопорности этих зданий, безмолвие и пустота оку­
тали меня. 18. Они нашли такси, и он восхитился гра­
циозностью, с которой она подняла руку, чтобы ос­
тановить машину. 19. Она не должна упоминать о
туберкулезе, она находится там из-за болезни бронхов.
Она это запомнила. Помнить об этом — все равно что
сыпать соль на рану. 20. Общественность чтит па­
мять американских жертв войны — общее число по­
гибших составляет 400 000. 21. Джен намазала ку­
ски свежего хлеба
маслом и
разрезала помидоры.
22. Я надеялся, что вы проявите больше храбрости.
Я думал, что ирландцы говорят то, что думают. 23. Я на­
мереваюсь петь на радио и заработать кучу денег.
24. Его извиняющийся смех не скрыл удовольствия,
которое он испытывал. 25. «Вы когда-либо думали о
будущем?» — спросил он меня. 26. Голос Девидсона
дрожал от волнения. 27.Холл был обит панелями из
черного дуба. 28. Именно бездеятельность угнетала
его; он не был ленивым человеком. 29. Они двое были
лучшими в мире актерами. 30. Обе дамы посмотрели
друг на друга опять, на этот раз с некоторым смуще­
нием. 31. Он не представлял себе, что женщина осмелится
так говорить с мужчиной.
48. Retell the text. Write out the sentences in which there are
nouns with the definite article in the generic meaning.
November 7
The Great October Socialist Revolution liberated the
peoples of Russia from the landowners and the capital­
ists.
According to the first decrees of the Soviet Power,
proclaimed by V. I. Lenin at the Second Congress of
Soviets, the peasants became masters of the land and the
workers became masters of the plants and factories.
96
The October Revolution brought equality to all na­
tions.
Half a century ago, tsarist Russia was one of Europe’s
most backward countries. Since then that backward
country has had to fight its way through three hard wars,
and in spite of this has become one of the strongest pow­
ers in the world.
The October Revolution was a clarion call to all the
peoples of the world, a call for resolute battle for the
destruction of all forms of oppression and exploitation
of man by man.
The ideas of the October Revolution are ideas of so­
cialism and peace on earth.
The Soviet people are contributing actively to
the victory of the great ideas of the October Revolution
everywhere in the world.
The anniversary of the Great October Socialist Rev­
olution is a national holiday for the working people
of our country. Working people in all parts of the world
also celebrate the anniversary of the October Revolu­
tion with joy.
Under the influence of Lenin’s ideas many millions
of people have risen in struggle for their vital interests
against the old world.
49. Supply* situations for the following sentences. Find Russian
equivalents for the first two sentences.
1. The wish is father to the thought.
2. An apple a day keeps the doctor away.
3. The personality of the artist is the most interest­
ing thing.
4. The wicked always think other people as bad as
themselves.
50. Read the text. Write out examples illustrating different mean­
ings of articles before names of animals.
The world’s fastest four-legged animal is not, as many
people think, a gaselle. It is the cheetah. Many author­
ities say that the cheetah can run along at 80 miles per
hour. The cheetah, sometimes called the hunting leopard,
lives in Africa and Southern Asia.
And which is the most dangerous animal in the world?
It is very difficult to say.
4 Заказ 415
97
What do we mean by dangerous? By dangerous we
mean an animal that is very strong and always aggres­
sive. A bull will attack you only if you make him very
angry. A tiger will not attack you if he is not hungry.
But there is one animal which is the strongest and
most aggressive of all. He is the black buffalo of South
Africa.
The black buffalo is always aggressive. He will at­
tack almost anything and the only thing is to get out
ot the way quickly. The buffalo has killed more hun­
ters than any other animal in the world.
Si. Retell the text. Comment on the use of articles with the nouns
"dog” and "cat”. Speak of your own (or your friends’) pets.
On Cats and Dogs
The cat and the dog have been man’s pets for many
centuries.
The cat is an extremely self-willed animal doing only
what it actually wants. In no way can the cat be persuad­
ed to do anything against its will. If you have a cat
you must already know that you cannot, for instance,
stroke it just because you wish to do so. You must wait
until the cat comes to you of its own free will and in­
vites you to stroke it. Cats make their feelings abundantly
clear. A cat that feels happy and purrs contentedly can
be the most enchanting of pets. If, on the other hand,
it lashes its tail in anger or arches its back, you should
watch out for its paws: its claws can, of course, cause
severe scratches. This sometimes happens when a
cat accidentally scratches its owner’s hand while
playing.
The dog is different: it is believed to obey its master
and his wishes unquestioningly. But in real life if is
often the other way round. Here is a story which illus­
trates how a dog can sometimes make his master do
what it likes.
A friend I met the other day walking his dog up the
lane laughed about how he had come to be there. The
dog, it seemed, had decided it was time they both had
some exercise, for it had come to its master and sat with
a cloth cap in its mouth. When my friend took the cap
from the dog and placed it on his knee the disappointed
animal sat for a moment and then picked up the cap
again. There had been nothing else for it but to go.
98
Dogs always watch everything their masters do and
come to associate particular things with particular events.
Putting on a hat or picking up a walking stick means
an outing and many dogs encourage their masters in this
way.
52. Explain the use or absence of articles with names of sub­
stances.
1. The alarm of fire was admirably done. The smoke
and shouting were enough to shake nerves of steel. 2. Arline opened the bedroom door and softly went over be­
tween the twin beds, the silk of her dress making a slight
rustle in the quiet room. 3. It sounded like the clank of
metal, and seemed to be coming nearer every moment.
4. He smashed up through eight solid inches of Antarc­
tic ice like a black missile. 5. It was like ice water pour­
ing through her veins to realise it. 6. The strong black
coffee that she had drunk did not bring wakefulness in
its train unless she wished it to do so. 7. I like French
wines which are so light. 8. I ’ll slip across the alley—
one ham and one cheese on rye bread, lettuce and may­
onnaise, and may be one bottle of milk and a coke for
later. 9. My eyes adjusted slowly and I saw Ahmed with
his elbows on the counter, sipping a beer and discussing
the weather with the bartender. 10. “W hat’s inside it?’’
asked Mole. “There is cold chicken,” replied Rat brief­
ly, “cold tongue, cold ham, meat, ginger beer, lemonade,
soda water.” 11. Out in the cold night air, he wiped the
sweat from his forehead and pulled the second hat with
which he had provided himself lower over his eyes.
53. Define the meaning of the indefinite article in the following
sentences. Comment on the nouns with which it is used.
1. I can’t live in fear that each time my wife or my
children leave the house there is a stone or a Donatti
or an execution team waiting for them. 2. Wouldn’t
you like to get yourself something too? A beer or some­
thing? 3. I ordered an ice-cream for her and two coffees.
4. “A salad.}" “No, thanks, I ’m not hungry.” But when
she bit the chicken leg again, he reached over for two of
her French fries. 5. In the taxi with Dick and Collis Clay—
they were dropping Collis, and Dick was taking Rose­
mary to a tea from which Nicole and the Norths had
resigned in order to do the things Abe had left undone
till the last—in the taxi Rosemary reproached him.
4*
09
6. I was drinking a tea, astonished at the number of goodlooking people who apparently did not have to work for
a living. 7. He kept a pub called the Saracen’s Head and
having invited Sally into the private bar had been dis­
appointed when she would not partake of a small port
or a glass of sherry. 8. Into the bakery shop, the most
famous and costly of its kind in New York, came a cus­
tomer with an order for a cake to be baked in the shape
of the letter “S”. 9. This is a light French wine. 10. The
convicts make their cigarettes out of a coarse, strong
tobacco that is sold in square blue packets.
*54. Fill in the blanks with articles if necessary before names of
substances.
1. “Thanks,” he said and she cut him a slice, reaching
up to unhook ... big cheese that hung in a net from the
ceiling. 2. ... sand was special. Elsewhere around the
airport, on roadways and areas which the public used,
... salt was added to ... sand as a means of melting ...
ice. 3. Everywhere, mingled with the smell of cooking
were odours of ... stale eau-de-cologne, ... strong talcum
powder and the sharp smell of ... antiseptics. 4. There
had still been ... snow then, ... snow that had ruined
them. 5. Bart heard Jan calling him. It was ... water
that she wanted. He remembered that he had forgotten
to place ... water near her bed in the evening. 6. She
lay back. She didn’t want to watch ... snow any more.
7. At once a draught of ... cool fresh air suffused the room.
8. I think you are unwise to eat ... meat. 9. This year
the additional demand for ... fuel and ... rolled ferrous
metal is to be met by saving of 60 per cent, as compared
with the planned 50 per cent. 10. We were enjoying a
breakfast of ... cake and ... chicken when gunfire slapped
through the woods. 11. And now the thing that had
been Doris—was only ... clay, just the raw material
that would soon be fashioned into something else. 12. She
was chewing ... gum. I couldn’t-b ear the fact that she
was chewing ... gum. 13. “I t’s ... best tea I ’ve had for
18 months,” Bart said tipping the last of a bottle of ...
beer into the glass. 14. Every drug-store has a food
counter with high stools in front of it and there they serve
... various juices, coffee, ice-cream, sandwiches, omelettes
and other egg dishes. 15. She had no words, but she went
on packing, wrapping sandals in ... paper 16. He’s made
of ... iron, that man, 17, He dropped silently back into
loo
... blue-black waters. 18. He broke open the carcase of
the first bird and was cutting off thin bits of ... brown
meat from the ribs, but he could stand it no longer. 19. I t’s
on the edge of the lake and ... water comes right under
it at high tide—you can hear it. 20. Bart filled the black­
ened kettle and set it beside ... fire while Jan arranged
chops on ... grilling iron and placed it on ... stones he
had rolled up to make a fireplace. Soon ... fat was drip­
ping on ... fire and ... meat sizzled tempting.
*55. Fill in the blanks with articles wherever necessary paying
particular attention to the words '‘tea” and “coffee”. Retell the
dialogue in indirect speech.
Interview
Tom met John Begg, ... young sales assistant, when he
was buying ... coffee in ... big London department store.
As John wasn’t busy, he had ... talk with Tom.
Tom: There are such ... lot of ... departments in ... store.
Why did you choose to work in ... grocery department?
John: My father has ... grocery shop in ... Ireland, so
I already knew ... bit about selling ... groceries when
I came to England. I thought that blending and sell­
ing ... teas and ... coffees from all over ... world
would be particularly interesting.
Tom: You certainly sell many different kinds of ... cof­
fees and ... teas—some with ... strange names, too.
What is “mate”, for ... instance?
John: “Mate” is ... tea made from ... mate plant in ...
Argentina. We also s e ll... Jasmine-scented tea, amongst
... others, as well as ... dozens of ... different types
of ... coffees that you can see.
Tom: I suppose ... different customers want ... special
blends?
John: Oh yes. Some of them are very particular indeed
about ... blending, and want ... three or four differ­
ent teas or coffees mixed together, or “blended” as
we say.
Tom: Your customers must know quite ... lot about ...
tea and ... coffee to ask for these special blends.
*56. Translate from Russian into English.
1. Сидя на веранде, Барт мог слышать звон фар­
фора, стук серебра. 2. Ни один из них не ел хлеба в
течение десяти лет. 3, Холодная вода освежила его
101
после долгого сна. 4. Она носила коралловое ожерелье
в серебряной оправе. 5. Вы хоть раз получали табак,
который я посылал? 6. Джейн и Джон шли по грязи
и слякоти, взявшись за руки. 7. Восхитительный аро­
мат жарящегося цыпленка наполнил квартиру. 8. Когда
суп был съеден, он повернулся к огню и зажег си­
гару. 9. Я наполнил ванну холодной водой. 10. На
поверхности воды лежали листья. И . Она приготовила
себе кофе. 12. Мейбл вязала что-то из толстой красной
шерсти. 13. «Диета? — подумала она.— Когда мне бу­
дет шестьдесят, я позволю себе распуститься. Я буду
есть столько хлеба и масла, сколько мне захочется».
14. Перед Беатрисой стояла тарелка с маслом, гор­
шочек с клубничным джемом, кофе и кувшин со слив­
ками. 15. Ее слова повисли в тишине комнаты, как
туман над водой. 16. Правда ведь, что не имеет зна­
чения, написано завещание пером или напечатано на
машинке? 17. Она пила крепкий черный кофе, нама­
зывая масло на кусок черствого хлеба. 18. Крыши и
земля были покрыты снегом. 19. Джанис последовала
за ней с чашкой теплого молока и померила у нее тем­
пературу. 20. У него кончились продукты, и он пи­
тался рыбой и кокосовыми орехами.
57. Read the story and answer the questions given below.
Once a man put up at an English hotel. He was hun­
gry and went to the dining-room to have dinner. He or­
dered dinner and the waiter brought him a plate of soup.
After he put it on the table before the guest, he went to
the window and looked out. The sky was covered with
heavy clouds.
“It looks like rain, sir,” the waiter said to the guest.
“Yes,” agreed the man as he was tasting the soup.
“And it tastes like rain, too.”
1. What was the guest eating? 2. Was the waiter look­
ing at the guest or out of the window? 3. What did the
waiter see in the sky? 4. Did the guest understand the
waiter correctly? 5. Why did the guest; think that the
soup tasted like rain? 6. Do you think the guest enjoyed
eating the soup? 7. What else besides soup do you think
the guest might have ordered? 8. Do you think the guest
liked the other dishes he had ordered? 9. Did the guest
come to that dining-room again or did he prefer to have
102
meals at some other place? 10. How would you react
if you found yourself in a similar situation?
68. Read the text and answer the questions given below paying
attention to the use of articles before names of substances.
What Happens If You Try to Satisfy Some People
There was a blind man in a household to whom the
others gave the best of all things: food, clothing, bed,
covers and all. Yet he was filled with a strange discontent
and wailed all day and all night because of ill treatment.
The family drank water and gave the blind man milk:
they had one cup of rice and gave him three; they had
half a loaf of bread and gave him three loaves: but still
he complained. In fury and despair the family killed a
lamb, roasted it, placed it on a platter, and put it before
the blind man. He smelled the meat, began touching it
to find out how large it was and then began to eat, but
before he swallowed the first bite he said: “If this much
comes to me, how much goes to you?”
1.
Why was the old man dissatisfied? 2. Why wer
the family in despair? 3. What would you have done if
you had been the old man’s relative? 4. What is the idea
of the story?
69. Finish the dialogue using the words and expressions given
below.
In the Dining-room
A:
В:
A:
B:
What shall we take?
I think I ’ll have soup and then a mutton chop and chips.
...
...
to have a steak, salad and pickles, to have tea or cof­
fee, to take fruit or a pudding for dessert, to like a glass
of mineral water (pepsi-cola), with lunch, to have an
ice, to go home for lunch, to go to a cafe, during (after)
lunch, to have cold meat for lunch at home
60. Write a composition or speak on the following topics.
1. A picnic in the country.
103
2. Milk versus wine.
61. Retell the text paying attention to the use of articles with
names of substances.
Traditional Methods of Food Preservation
Though some foods, such as rice, wheat and other
cereals, can be ripened and then stored for years before
they deteriorate, other foods, such as meat and fish’,
normally deteriorate quickly. But no single method of
preservation is suitable for all types of food.
The traditional methods of drying, smoking, salting,
or pickling foods were widely used long before it was
known why these methods were effective. It is now known
that the processes of decay are accelerated by enzymes
already present in the food cells and by bacteria or oth­
er microorganisms which may be already present or
may come from external sources. To preserve food from
decay, it is necessary either to destroy the bacteria or
to create an environment in which bacteria cannot mul­
tiply and enzymes are inactivated. Bacteria can be de­
stroyed by heat and be inactivated by depriving them
of moisture. Enzymes can be inactivated by cold or by
reducing theft moisture content.
The moisture content of food can be reduced by drying
it in the sun or by other means. Meat or fish suspended
over a smoking fire is partly dried and the smoke also
has bactericidal properties. Salt and vinegar can also
be used effectively to preserve food products.
62. Read the anecdotes and explain the* use of articles with the
italicised words. Retell the anecdotes.
1. The story is told of an ingenious young man who
decided to present his sweetheart with a gift. He decided
that perfume would be appropriate, but he did not know
the name of the brand she used, and was too shy to ask
her. He solved the problem by taking his little pet dog
for a walk. Snatching the animal into a store he proceeded
to instruct the astonished clerk to wave the stoppers of
a large number of perfumes under the nose of the rather
indifferent dog. At last came a perfume which caused
the animal to jump up excitedly and wag its tail. On
this evidence he bought his gift which turned out to be
right.
2. A rich but ignorant Englishman once went to the
104
famous painter Turner and ordered a painting. When
it was finished he refused to pay the price that the paint­
er demanded. “What,” he said, “all that money for a
square yard of canvas and a little paint.”— “Oh,” replied
Turner, “if it’s just paint and canvas that you want,
here’s a half-used tube, and. over in the corner you will
find canvas. I won’t charge you much for them.”
3.
“Your husband is too fond of strong coffee,” said
the doctor. “You must not let him have it. He gets too
excited.”
“But, doctor, you should see how excited he gets
when I give him weak coffee”
*63. Fill in the blanks with articles if necessary paying particular
attention to the use of articles before names of materials.
Tell the dialogue in indirect speech.
At ... dinner table ... last night Mrs. Shannon said,
“I hope you’ll all appreciate this steak. It may be ...
last steak you’ll have in this house until ... prices of ...
beef go down.”
“How much did you pay for it?” her husband asked.
“I’m not going to tell you,” Mrs. Shannon said. “You’ll
think I shouldn’t have bought it.”
“Maybe we should try ... horse meat,” her son Steve
said. “I ’ve heard that it tastes as good as ... beef, and
it’s much cheaper.”
Steve’s sister Sharon was shocked. “Would you eat
... horse?” she asked. “I wouldn’t. I ’d rather become ...
vegetarian.”
“So would I,” her grandmother agreed. “To me, eating
... horse would be like eating ... friend. But then, I don’t
suppose you ... young people, have ever known any
horses, really.”
“Did you ever own ... horse, Grandma?” Michael
asked.
“No, but I remember when our Milkman had ... horse.
Every morning ... milk wagon stopped in front of our
door. Whenever I was up early enough, I used to go and
talk to ... horse. Sometimes I gave him ... sugar.”
“I would have liked that,” her granddaughter said.
“But there aren’t any milk wagons nowadays.”
“That’s right,” Steve said. “... people get their milk
at ... store or out of ... milk machines.”
“Most people do,” Mr. Shannon said. “But there are
105
... trucks that deliver ... milk in some places. They don't
come every day, though. They come about once ... week."
“Did you read that article in ... last night’s newspa­
per?” Mrs. Shannon asked. “It was about all ... things
that ... milk trucks deliver these days.”
“I read it,” her husband said. “It seems that ... milk
trucks now deliver ... bread, ... butter, and ... eggs, as
well as ... milk and ... cream.”
“Why?” Sharon asked.
“Because ... milk companies lose ... money if they
deliver nothing but ... milk,” Mr. Shannon answered.
“People don’t want to pay ... high prices to have their
milk delivered. ... milk prices are lower in ... stores."
“You can even buy ... cakes and ... pies from some
of ... milk trucks now,” Mrs. Shannon added. “Some
even sell ... powder, ... towels, and ... cosmetics. You
can buy all those from ... milkman who comes to your
door.”
“I wish they’d do that around here,” Michael said.
“It would be like having ... traveling store.”
“Maybe they will,” his father said. “The drivers seem
to like it. One driver’s sales have gone up thirty-five
percent since he started delivering those other things
to his milk customers.”
“I t’s profitable, I guess,” Sharon said. “But I still
think it would be nicer to have ... milk wagon with ...
horse.”
64. Explain the use or absence of articles with abstract nouns in
the following sentences and extracts.
I.
1. There was a pain in her eyes, which could hardl
be seen Without tears. 2. The sorrow and temptation
began to wash away in good red anger. 3. And like them,
so did Andrew Rose move from horror back to horror.
4. The record lasted over nearly 20 years, the amount
of the separate entries growing larger as time went on.
5. The lights changed from the dusk-blue of April to the
purple-grey of madness and the room was another world
that floated in a hush that was not exactly silence. 6. He
was an active member of the organisations that have been
founded to further the interests of authors or to alleviate
their hard lot when sickness or old age has brought them
to penury. 7. What made the reality unbearable was
that Anna understood the chasm between them now.
8. His frequent calls at Aunt P itty ’s house was the great­
106
est humiliation of all. 9. He had taken the news with
an equanimity that was again unnatural. 10. Anger splashed
up in Ethan before he knew it and he was surprised.
11. But then trade was as bad at Havre as everywhere
else, and in a few months he found himself once more
without employment. 12. For some time he was dis­
turbed by wild shrieks of laughter from the twins, who,
with the light-hearted gaiety of schoolboys, were evi­
dently amusing themselves before they retired to rest.
13. Victor laughed. “You’re a disgrace for military tra­
dition.” 14. “Very well,” said Fontini-Cristi, confused
by the brutality as well as the swift decisiveness of the
last thirty seconds. 15. There were moments when he
looked on evil simply as a mode through which he could
realize his conception of the beautiful. 16. And when at
last the inevitable happened it came upon Mr. Warburton with all the shock of the unexpected. 17. She felt
that all things were possible, the future was in her power
and she wanted to shout, sing and dance. 18. He was
told strange stories of the past, stories of hazardous ex­
peditions in the unknown, of love and death, of hatred
and revenge.
II.
1. Suddenly I realized that the knocking ha
stopped, someone was speaking in a low voice outside and
someone was replying. Whispers are dangerous. I
couldn’t tell who the speakers were. I got carefully off
the bed and with the help of my stick reached the door
of the other room. Perhaps I had moved too hurriedly
because a silence grew outside. Silence like a plant put
out tendrils. It seemed to grow under the door and spread
its leaves in the room where I stood. It was a silence I
didn’t like, and I tore it apart by flinging the door open.
2. The preacher got up and raised both arms. Quiet
settled over the little coloured community of Stilleveld,
a quiet, that was in tune with the stillness of the night.
3. At the present time he was trombone in the Tournee
Gulland, a touring opera company. It was not gay for a
sensitive artist like him and the trombone gave one a
thirst which it took half a week’s salary to satisfy. Mais
enfin, que veux-tu? It was life, a dog’s life, but life was
like that.
65. Determine the meaning of the indefinite article in the follow­
ing sentences. Comment on the nouns with which it is used.
1, The flame had a lovely light staining the paper,
107
curling the edges, making the slanting writing impos­
sible to distinguish. 2. It was anger that had seized Mrs.
Strickland and her pallor was the pallor of a cold and
sudden rage. 3. There was a cold feeling in the pit of his
stomach a creeping horror along his nerves. 4. This fine
side was that she could almost at any hour, by a kindled
preference or a diverted energy, glow for another interest
than her own. 5. After a final wave of the hand, Mr. Gol­
spie, a very massive figure now in his huge ulster, made
a slow, steady, and very dignified progress down the gang­
way. 6. There was a numbness in the streets, a sense of
disbelief that resulted in pockets of silence. 7. “I think
it’s silly not to do the things you want to,” she blurted
out and then was silent again, for the words sounded like
a criticism of Leonard and she had not meant them to be.
8. She lay in the silvery shadows with courage rising
and made the plans that a sixteen-year-old makes when
life has been so pleasant that defeat is an impossibility
and a pretty dress and a clear complexion are weapons
to vanquish face. 9. The sound itself had taken on a
weariness; repetition had lulled its terror. 10. They have
shown it poisoning every pleasure till life is so intoler­
able that discovery and punishment come as a welcome
relief. 11. A chilly emptiness in the water reflected the
terrible emptiness in his soul. 12. What a time I was
going to have when I get out of here. 13. Between the
hounds and the horses and the turns there was a kinship
deeper than that of their constant companionship. 14. There
was a momentary silence. “I don’t like this, Fontine.”
15. “You are a beauty,” he said kissing the tips of her
fingers. 16. Please, signore. It is always a pleasure to
welcome a member of the Fontini-Cristis. 17. I looked
to see if there was a light in the place.
66. Express your surprise (angeF, etc.) using exclamatory sentences.
Model: It is a shame you haven’t come in time.
What a shame you haven’t come in time!
1. I t ’s a shame I have been taken for the daughter.
2. It would be a relief to put her head on his shoulder and
cry and unburden her guilty heart. 3. It was a pleasure
to see a laughing tenderness in his eyes. 4. It was a dis­
appointment to witness a carefully restrained ferocity
in his dark face. 5. It is a disgrace she tried to convey a
confidence she was far from feeling. 6. It is a shame to
fancy she had a fear that I would make the sort of gibe
108
of it. 7. It will be a relief when you fill your lungs once
more with the fresh pure air of your native country. 8. It
was a relief that he reached the last tree and finally set
his feet on the firm ground of the other side. 9. It was
a pity the moon disappeared and there was darkness
once more. 10. I t’s a pleasure to hear how you could
discourse on the topic of the day with an ease that pre­
vented your hearers from experiencing any sense of strain.
11. It was a pity John had not much affection for his moth­
er and sisters. 12. I t ’s a eomfort that a calm swept over
the soldier. 13. It is a pleasure and a relief to see you again.
*67. Fill in the blanks with articles if necessary. Underline the
attributes which determine the use of the indefinite article
with one line, the use of the “zero article” with two lines.
1. “He is an abolitionist, no doubt,” observed Gerald
to John Wilkes. “But in an Orangeman, when a principle
comes up against ... Scottish tightness, the principle
fares ill.” 2. This certainty of the morrow gave ... zest
and ... enthusiasm to ... life and the County people en­
joyed ... life with ... heartiness that Ellen could never
understand. 3. Her vanity leaped to ... aid of her desire
to believe, making ... belief ... certainty. 4. I am telling
you ... truth. There is ... fatality about all physical and
intellectual distinction, the sort of ... fatality that seemed
to dog through ... history the faltering steps of kings.
5. For the first time since she had come here, ... peace
no longer frightened her, ... solitude no longer oppressed
her. 6. Larry was strong enough to refuse to sacri­
fice for Isabel’s sake ... life that he thought was ... life
for him. 7. And there was ... peace, ... peace and ... quiet­
ing majesty of the scene before him. 8. His son, the most
capable of them all, had ... hollowness in him. 9. There
seemed to be ... sadness in her and he wanted to talk to
her about his wife and ... bitter loneliness in his heart.
10. ... rage inside him welled; his body trembled in ...
anger. 11. ... grossest indecency would not have fallen
on the ears of those three women with such a shock. 12.
There were ... pain and bewilderment in her face, ... bewil­
derment of a pampered child who has always had hep
own way for the asking and who now, for the first time,
was in contact with ... unpleasantness of ... life. 13. I
dwelt in ... pleasure as a fish lives in water. To fall
asleep was ... pleasure; to wake, to stretch, to lace one’s
109
shoes, to walk down ... street was ... pleasure. Merely
to exist w as... pleasure. To speak was ... pleasure equalled
only by ... silence. 14. That must be what ... despair
looks like, she said to herself, but it’s more than ... des­
pair, it is ... despair and ... exaltation together. 15. He
mounted and pedalled off into ... darkness towards the
stables. 16. When he stood on the platform and faced
his audience seriously, frankly, but with ... engaging
diffidence you could not but realize that he was giving
himself up to his task with ... complete earnestness.
17. M-me Chiron regarded him with ... steady graveness
in her deep blue eyes. 18. They heard a voice, David­
son’s voice, through the wooden partition. It went on
with ... monotonous, earnest insistence. 19. Kitty
could not easily meet the eyes which rested on her with
... ironical kindness. 20. As I lounged in the Park or
strolled down Piccadilly, I used to look at everyone who
passed me, and wonder, with- ... mad curiosity, what
sort of lives they led. 21. He looked at Mason with ...
certain impatience. “What are you going to do then?”
22. If only she could find what lay behind ... moodiness
that settles over him at times. 23. We both know ...
fear, and ... loneliness, and ... very great distress. 24. Any­
thing to do with the word “hammer” meant ... sudden, ex­
treme danger. 25. They have ... little confidence in Rome,
none in the provinces. 26. But ... beauty, .*. real beauty
ends where an intellectual expression begins. 27. The
Italian knew that the Patriarchate had ... total con­
fidence in the padrone. 28. ... solemn peacefulness seemed
to reign in that lobby. An air of ... calmness and ...
resignation, of ... gentle sadness pervaded the room. 29. In
her face were too sharply blended the delicate features
of her mother, a Coast aristocrat of ... French descent,
and the heavy ones of her florid Irish father. 30. These
thoughts gave him ... enormous pleasure, bringing with
them a fine feeling of ... cunning and ... strength. 31. He
shook J a n ’s hand with ... brisk, businesslike manner.
32. There’s ... serenity over her that I ’ve never met in
anyone before. 33. I may be wrong, but there is ... mys­
tery here, ... soft, sure mystery that is understood and
only remains ... mystery because I want it so. 34. He
went to all ... places where ... fashionable congregate.
35. It seemed incredible but ... incredible was common­
place in these times of ... madness. 36. Three things will
never be believed—... true, ... probable and ... logical.
110
37. “The refreshments are on us,” ... plural did not es­
cape me. 38. He saw ... future for himself sitting on hotelroom beds trying to get his thoughts straight. 39. Of
what use to be reminded of ... joys of ... past when your
life had.shrivelled to a husk? 40. They talked of ... fu­
ture once more, ... future that now gleamed rosily at
the end of the year.
*68. Fill In the blanks with articles wherever necessary. Analyze
the use of articles with the abstract nouns in the extract.
His whole expression was stamped with ... suffering
and ... kind of ... weary patience. Observing these signs
of ... severe and far from recent stroke, Andrew was con­
scious of ... sudden shock of ... dismay. There was ...
odd silence.
“I hope you will like it here,” Doctor Page remarked
at ... length, speaking slowly and with ... difficulty,
“I ’m not afraid of ... work,” Andrew answered awkwardly.
... even deeper immobility settled on Page’s face. As
Andrew went down to ... supper his thoughts were pain­
fully confused. It would be months before Doctor Page
was fit for ... work, if, indeed, he were ever fit for ...
work again. Andrew was young, strong, and had no ob­
jection to ... extra work in which Page’s illness might
involve him.
*69. Translate from Russian into English paying special atten­
tion to the use of articles with abstract nouns.
1.
Молчание нервировало его. 2. Это была его мат
Она не могла скрыть тревоги в голосе. 3. Ему не нра­
вилась вежливость, с которой она обращалась с вами.
4. Необходимость вынуждала его усваивать язык
быстрее, чем это казалось возможным. 5. Странно,
что вы ожидаете найти здесь поддержку. 6. У Китти
создалось впечатление, что он говорит откуда-то изда­
лека. 7. К тому времени, когда он дошел до дома, гнев
прошел, но страх еще остался. 8. Он вынужден был
уехать из Бостона. Уныние охватило его. 9. Отчаяние
придало ей храбрости, и она произнесла речь, кото­
рую, видимо, подготовила. 10. Меня поразило спокой­
ствие этой женщины. II. У него было терпение, кото­
рое изумляло всех. 12. Это горькая правда, с которой
большинство из нас должны смириться. 13. Он чув­
ствовал себя неловко в присутствии этого человека.
14. В его голосе была нежность, которая тронула ее.
15. Будьте счастливы в жизни, которую вы выбрали!
ш
16. Ее лицо выражало спокойствие, новое для нее (что
было для нее новым). 17. Ее неприязнь проявлялась
в холодности, с которой она говорила, но Чарли только
улыбался. 18. Его охватил страх. 19. Она обернулась
и посмотрела на него. Ее взгляд был теперь спокойнее.
Он выражал лишь презрение. 20. Как быстро нево­
образимое стало реальной действительностью! 21. Ка­
залось, ничто не удивляло его. Возможно, он слишком
часто сталкивался с неожиданным, чтобы теперь чемулибо поражаться снова. 22. Он пригнулся к земле и
был начеку, стараясь уловить это необычное. 23. Эшли
не может больше смотреть вперед. Он не может видеть
настоящего, боится будущего и поэтому он огляды­
вается назад. 24. Она была весела и разговорчива,
как в прошлом. 25. Я знал, что в будущем меня ожи­
дает много страданий. 26. Впредь мне надо быть ос­
торожнее.
70. Read the anecdotes and explain the use or the absence of ar­
ticles before the italicised words. Retell the anecdotes.
1
Two friends met for the first time in several years.
“Well, old man,” one said, “I hear you finally got mar­
ried. Congratulations, for I also hear you have an ex­
cellent and most accomplished wife.” “Yes, indeed,”
was the reply. “My wife is accomplished. She is perfectly
at home in literature, at home in art, at home in music,
at home in science, in short at home everywhere, except—”
“Except what?”
“Except at home.”
2
When Whistler had finished a portrait of a wellknown celebrity, he asked him whether he liked it.
“No, I can’t say I do, Mr. Whistler, and you must
really admit it’s a bad work of art."
“Yes,” replied the artist, looking a t'h is sitter through
his monocle, “but then you must admit that you are
a bad work of nature.”
3
Teacher: The earth has a considerable attractive power-,
that power is known as gravity. It is in fact, the law
112
of gravity which prevents us from being thrown off
the earth as it revolves.
Scholar: Please, teacher, how did we keep on the earth
before the law was passed?
71. Think of situations for the following sentences.
1. Prosperity makes friends; adversity tries them.
2. She needed a person of strong will to watch her diet.
3. That is the love that makes the world a miracle.
4. Throughout last week I couldn’t but be touched
by the sympathy and kindness of my friends.
5. They will build a new life somewhere else.
6. There must be a certain gratification in that for you.
7. She was panting now and in her face was a terror
which was inexplicable.
8. He noticed something beyond the usual in her voice.
9. It was better not to think of the past. Nothing
could alter that.
*72. Pill in the blanks with articles if necessary and comment on
the use (or absence) of articles with names of substances and
abstract nouns in the following extract.
“Know this place? Let’s go in here, Phyllis. ... cock­
tails for my friend Mr. Caister and myself, and ... cav­
iare on ... biscuits. Mr. Caister is playing here! You
must go and see him!”
... girl who served ... cocktails and ... caviare looked
up at Caister with ... interested blue eyes.
“What
shall we have now — ... lobster?” and
Caister murmured: “I love ... lobsters.”
“Very fine and large here. ... waiter, bring us ... big
lobster and ... salad; and then—er—... small fillet of
... beef with ... potatoes fried crisp, and ... bottle of my
special hock. Ah! and ... rum omelette—plenty of ...
rum and ... sugar.”
They had sat down opposite each other at one of two
small tables in the little recessed room.
“Luck!” said Bryce-Green.
“Luck!” replied Caister.
“And what do you think of ... state of ... drama?”
Oh, ... question after his own heart! What ... feast!
And what ... flow of his own tongue suddenly released
on ... drama, music, art, mellow and critical, stimulated
by ... round eyes and interjections of his little provin­
cial host.
113
“I often wish,” sighed Bryce-Green, “I had gone on
... stage myself. Must be ... topping life, if one has ...
talent, like you.”
Topping? Caister thought. ... topping life?—... dog’s
life! Cadging—cadging—cadging for ... work. ... life
of draughty waiting, of ... concealed beggary, of ... ter­
rible depressions, of ... want of ... food.
73. Analyze the use o! articles with nouns referring to unique ob­
jects.
1. A few gulls circled beating in the gun metal sky.
2. He could see the earth itself was spinning faster. 3. I
can see the rippled sky fluffy with clouds, and the whitewhipped sea. 4. Now the sun came clear of the bank of
cloud and flooded the world with light. 5. A miserable
world, a wet world, but always and predominantly a
white world of softness and beauty and strangely muf­
fled sound. 6. It would be hours before the air would warm
up even under the hot Mediterranean sun. 7. The moon
hung low in the sky like a yellow skull. 8. He went to
the lock and twirled it open and stepped out on the
groqnd. 9. I put myself in harmony with the universe. 10.
The full moon sailing across an unclouded sky made a
pathway on the broad sea that led to the boundless
realms of Forever. 11. “Welcome to Earth, sir,” said the
man and “sir” struck a chord of memory. 12. Instead,
there would be rain soon, and a cold wind whipping down
from the northern mountains. 13. The sun blazed down
out of a cloudless noon sky, the spears of the palm
leaves shredded the sunlight over him.
*74. Fill in the blanks with articles wherever necessary. Pay at­
tention to nouns referring to unique objects.
1.
You can’t tell those birds from ... sky and th a t
why the hawks don’t catch them, don’t see them up there
in ... high blue sky near ... sun. 2. Sattorn stood quietly
and stared at ... world before him, at the upthrust of
towers shining in ... morning sun, at the green of park
and meadow, at the dark green of trees. 3. A lamp or
candles would close them into a soft illuminated space,
but obliterate ... sky, which now bent towards them
through the pillars of the verandah, ... full deep sky,
holding a yellow bloom from ... invisible moon that ab­
sorbed the stars into a faint far glitter. 4. ... sun was so
full of promise, and ... sea was whipped white with
114
merry wind. 5. Far away to the south-east ... dazzling
white sun climbed up above ... cloudless horizon. 6. We
live in such ... mysterious universe, don’t we? 7. ... world
is a busy place. Communication is difficult. 8. The town
lay still in ... Indian summer sun. 9. Once let her make
up her mind, get her heart set on something, and you
might as well howl at ... moon. 10. Jan woke on Saturday
to ... world thrilling with expectancy. 1 1 .1 kept my eyes
on ... horizon, sharp against the bright blue oi ... winter
sky. 12. The Norfolk Island pines at Manly came up dark
and stately against ... white-freckled sky. 13. They don’t
know how lucky they are, Hugo thought bitterly as he
peered out of ... window, hungry for ... ground. 14.1 shout­
ed, “What the hell gives you people the right to decide
for ... world?” 15. There was a softness in ... air which
speaks with an infinite delicacy of feeling to the flesh
as well as to the soul. 16. He was buffeted away from
the huge fuselage, the force of ... wind crashing into his
body. 17. As they entered the avenue of Canterville Chase
... sky became suddenly overcast with clouds, a curious
stillness seemed to hold ... atmosphere. 18. I remember
opening wide my window and leaning out, hoping ...
fresh morning air would blow away the telltale pink
under the powder. 19. ... King exacted huge sums from
the barons and they in turn taxed ... people.
*75. Translate from Russian into English.
1. Был воскресный полдень, и солнце, которое све­
тило уже несколько часов, начинало согревать землю.
2. Они самые неблагодарные люди в мире. 3. Небо да­
вило как металлический купол, от горизонта до гори­
зонта. 4. Задул пронзительный ветер, и ей стало хо­
лодно. 5. Сквозь деревья ему была видна луна. 6. Воз­
дух под деревьями казался гнетущим. 7. В эту ночь
небо было покрыто облаками и луны не было видно.
Майкл взял с собой карманный фонарик, чтобы осве­
щать дорогу. 8. Луна опустилась за гору. 9. Свежий
воздух и отдых начали оказывать на его здоровье
положительное действие. 10. Дети спали; последний
ветер зимы дул порывами за окнами их спальни. 11. Ре­
бенок остановился и посмотрел на серебристый самолет,
кружащий высоко в небе. 12. Хотя солнце село, на
узкой улице держалась жара. 13. На востоке над го­
ризонтом светила звезда.
115
*76 (Revision). Fill in the blanks with articles wherever necessa*
ry. Define the meaning of the articles you have used.
1. Now in ... shade of this cool green bush he looked
about him with ... fancy of ... lover. 2. ... police are still
on it, and they won’t let up, you know. 3. Beyond ...
lighted decks the harbour was ... sheet of ... sparkling
silver under ... full moon. 4. She was never at a loss with
a new topic and could be trusted immediately to break
... awkward silence with ... suitable observation. 5. She
taught her to wear ... flannel all ... year round. 6. I ’m
sorry for you because you’re such ... child, Scarlett, ...
child crying for ... moon. 7. “Buryats are ... expert rid­
ers and remarkably accurate archers,’’ wrote Rainier
of Switzerland who worked as ... teacher in Siberia in
... last century. 8. Probably nine tenth of all ... people
of the United States are disposed to doubt when they
hear it asserted that ... future can be predicted. 9.
James and Andrew listened to his story patiently but they
gave him ... little encouragement. 10. With ... deep hun­
ger of ... Irishman who has been a tenant on ... lands
his people once had owned and hunted, he wanted to
see his own acres stretching green before his eyes. 11. That
such ... scene might stir ... less expensively dressed to
emulate ... more expensively dressed could scarcely be
laid at ... door of anything save ... false ambition of ...
minds of those so affected. 12. ... world of which he was
a part had passed away and ... future belonged to a mean­
er generation. 13. What ... nonsense! 14. There was ...
cool recklessness in his face and ... cynical humour in
his mouth as he smiled at her and Scarlett caught her
breath. 15. The studio was filled with ... rich odour of
roses and when ... light summer wind stirred amidst ...
trees of ... garden there came through
open door ...
heavy scent of ... lilac or ... more delicate perfume of
... pink-flowering thorn. 16. ... French were really ex­
traordinary creatures of ... habit. 17. Julia took her
scene away from her and played it with ... miraculous
virtuosity. 18. Something was wrong with ... world, ...
sombre frightening wrongness that pervaded everything
like ... dark impenetrable mist, stealthily closing around
Scarlett. 19. On ... eastern horizon ... sun was bright­
ening a tumbled bank of cloud, its rays tipping ...
petalled edges with ... gold. 20. When ... coffee and cig­
arettes had been brought and ... man turned to go, he
felt ... wild desire to tell him to remain. 21. An expres­
116
sion of ... pain and inward concentration altered ... pale
contours of his face. 22. Soon the flat countryside,
parched under ... midsummer sun, stretched out before her.
... pale summer sky rested on the rim of the valley. 23. Her
sufferings were physical as well as mental, for over one
eye rose a hideous plum-coloured swelling which her
maid, a tall austere woman was bathing with ... vinegar
and ... water. 24. In Hackney where the council faces
possible bankruptcy from April 1 the situation has been
created largely through ... mischief-making of ... So­
cial Democrats. 25. It is rather fashionable to marry ....
Americans just now, Uncle George. 26. He rode out of
... forest onto the yellow road that led into La Granja
and ... horses’ hooves raised ... dust that hung over them
as they rode. 27. I shall have my books and Eva, chil­
dren, I hope, and above all, ... infinite variety of ... sea
and ... sky, ... freshness of ... dawn and ... beauty of
... sunset, and ... rich magnificence of ... night. 28. “I
didn’t expect to find you selling three and a half yards
o f ... rotten cotton to ... greasy nigger,” he laughed. 29. The
shops kept by ... Chinese are there to satisfy ... wants
of the warders, the doctors and the numerous officials.
30. The day would lie before us both, long no doubt,
and uneventful, but fraught with ... certain stillness,
... dear tranquility we had not known before. 31. Under
... Tories the number of inspectors has been out by at
least 20 per cent. 32. With ... sensitivity of a surgeon he
pressed his fingers around the area of ... chiselled num­
bers. 33. ... West Germans are said to have developed
after the war an effect of “negation” of ... past. 34. ...
women represent ... triumph of ... matter over ... mind,
just as ... men represent ... triumph of ... mind over ...
morals.
77. Explain the use of articles with the italicised nouns in some
syntactic positions.
1.
She was a good hostess, and seeing my embarras
ment came up to me. 2. Davis, the owner of the bar, came
over and Michael made his introductions. 3. I feel un­
common nervous about the ceremony, Colonel. I wish
you come and see me through it. 4. This is Lord Henry
Wotton Dorian, an old Oxford friend of mine. 5. He had
realized to the full that Irene had become the world to
him. 6. She is a careful and accurate typist. 7. Fear was
loose in Ward 21 creeping from mind to mind like a bush
117
fire. 8. Mr. Baker, First National president, trusted Joey
so completely that he let the teller do most of the work.
9. I was still child enough to consider a Christian name
like a plume in the hat though from the very first he
had called me by mine. 10. “What a touching young
man\” she said and her tone was more playful than ever.
11. They found
a seat hidden behind a slate-grey fi
sat there hand in hand, and the silence closed around
them. 12. Professor Beans is the man to whom you’ll be
responsible for your undergraduate teaching. 13. Haw­
kins shall come as cabin boy. You’ll make a famous cab­
in boy, Hawkins. 14. His works are monuments to his
great genius. 15. Those are the risks you take. 16. She
was considered a burden on her husband and .friends.
17. Turgenev, the greatRussian
writer, devoted most
of his literary works to Russian nature. 18. If Uncle Ha­
rold and Tante Elsa and the two girls fell sick and died
in Saratoga, he would stay in this house in Elysium for­
ever. 19. The student Patterson was holding her son Jim .
20. “I was just on my way to lunch,” said Sutton, irrita­
tion in his voice trying to make it sound as if he were in
a hurry.
*78. Fill in the blanks with articles before appositive and pre­
dicative nouns wherever necessary.
1. Melanie was ... fool, but there was nothing anybody
could do about it. 2. She was ... only woman I had ever
met who could behave so gracefully. 3. Charlie wasn’t
... fool enough as to put up the back of the Assistant
Colonial secretary. 4. Hemingway, ... son of a small town
doctor, was born in Illinois in 1898. 5. Kust, ... bartend­
er, gave Bill and Janice a smile of recognition. 6. Tara
had risen to riches on cotton, even as the whole South
had risen, and Scarlett was ... Southerner enough to
believe that both Tara and the South would rise again
out of the red fields. 7. Behind him his cousin, the tall
George, ... son of the fifth Forsyte, had a strange look
on his fleshy face. 8. “You staying here?”—“New boy in
town. I am ... instructor in the ski school.” 9. My first
thought that this should be ... son of Jane Fowler’s fiance
proved to be correct. 10. My father was ... mayor of the
village and ... honorable man. 11. His laboratory, ...
best institution of this kind, made Cambridge world
known in the field of experimental physics. 12. Raiford
Calvert was made ....first lieutenant because everybody
118
liked Raif, and Able Wynder, ... son of a small trapper,
himself ... small farmer, was elected ... second lieutenant.
13. The door to his office opened and ... Professor Fox
saw a young man, about 21, enter behind the secretary.
14. Every Thursday morning ... Aunt Carrie took the
cellar key from the place where she’d hidden it and herself
fetched a bottle of claret from the cellar. 15. If he had
had more conferences with ... scientist Kralf they would
have contributed a great deal towards his understanding
of the vocational high school. 16. The black-clad servant
of ... Baron de Belleme prepared to shoot at the impos­
sible target. 17. James Clerk Maxwell, ... great physi­
cist and mathematician, was born in Edinburgh, Scot­
land, on November 13, 1831. 18. When Mike had seen
her, she was ... girl of eighteen. 19. I was ... young kid
who didn’t know which end was up. 20. Madame Surrane Bauvier, ... widow of an officer, has supported her­
self and her daughter by means of her talent. 21. And
she dressed like — well, like what she was, ... wife of
the assistant Colonial Secretary at Hong Kong. 22. Perez
de Cuellar, ... UN Secretary General, declared his sup­
port for the Soviet peace initiatives to reach a just set­
tlement. 23. I’m ... Assistant General Manager. That’s
why I came personally. 24. Any man who was ... fool
enough to fall for a simper, a faint or “Oh, how wonder­
ful you arel” wasn’t worth having. 25. They think it
... lie to keep the patient from worrying. 26. She didn’t
know whether he had gone ... Republican, or ... Demo­
crat, or ... maoist. 27. He was made ... executive in his
father-in-law’s bank in Syracuse. 28. Edmund Hailey,
... head of Greenwich Observatory, was among them
too. 29. ... surgeon Laide explained the operation to
her carefully. 30. ... Aunt P itty completely forgot that
the sight of blood always made her faint. 31. ... prisoner
as he was, R hett Butler was ... dangerous man.
*7j). Translate the following sentences from Russian Into English
paying attention to the use of articles with appositive and
predicative nouns.
1.
Поль Дрейк, глава сыскного агентства Дрейка
сидел в кресле, ожидая Мейсона. 2. Это несчастный
случай, который мог бы случиться с любым. 3. «Тони,—
сказал Оливер,— пусть доктор Патерсон выскажет то,
что хочет сказать». 4. Роберт Шеннон, маленький си­
рота-ирландец, жил в семье своего дяди. 5. Элли была
119
дочерью преуспевающего фермера и принесла с собой
хорошее приданое. 6. Она приятно улыбнулась. «Вы
всегда были джентльменом, Майкл». 7. Ньютон стал
членом Королевского общества, ведущего научного об­
щества в Великобритании. 8. Бальзак, знаменитый
французский романист, часто говорил своим друзьям,
что может определить характер любого по его (или ее)
почерку. 9. Я Энтони Андерсон, человек, который вам
нужен. 10. Я думаю, что он получит свою педагогиче­
скую должность обратно, если он настоящий мужчина.
11. Одна из моих читательниц прочитала одну из моих
книг и написала мне об этом. 12. Девушка, которую
он любил, была Лаура Мертон, дочь полковника в
отставке. 13. Я был достаточно глуп, чтобы пригласить
ее жить здесь. 14. Ее отец, профессор Шрон, умер в
этом году. 16. Леди Ривет была стройна и очень хорошо
одета. 16. Она жена управляющего отеля. 17. «Что
бы сказал вам дядя Рид, если бы был жив?» — спро­
сила она. 18. Скульптор Андерсон зажигал трубку,
и в тот момент это казалось ему самым важным делом
во всем мире. 19. Мой отец был священником малень­
кого церковного прихода в Кавингорусе, небольшой
деревушке. 20. Считают, что он биржевой маклер.
21. Мою дочь считают большим ученым. 22. «Доктор,—
сказал майор Синклер,— вы обязательно должны при­
ехать к нам на рождество».
*80. Fill in the blanks with articles before nouns in some syntactic
position if necessary.
1. The elder Royce, who served Warren Trent as ...
companion and ... privileged friend, had already spoken
out with a disregard of consequences. 2. Ed Everhart,
... one-armed man, worked with the writer as ... tele­
graph messenger. 3. What ... odd, unsatisfactory child
you are! I can’t make you out. 4. The sky pressed down
like a metal dome from ... horizon to ... horizon. 5. Gretchen didn’t wait for the three-day-old cherry because she
was due at the army hospital just outside the town where
she worked as ... volunteer. 6. And you really live by
the river. What ... jolly life! 7. Since her return to Hong
Kong Kitty had hesitated from ... day to ... day to go to
her house. 8. Look here, ... Doctor! My wife’s got a crazy
idea in her head. 9. Before the first year had passed I
had saved a thousand dollars and we had lived in com­
fort. But at what ,.. cost! 10. “Jeff,” Tony said finally,
120
“how are you as ... fisherman?” 11. From ... time to ...
time this morning I tried to concentrate, just on music,
then on reading. 12. When they reached Sympathy Seat
Leonard offered her a cigarette and they smoked peace­
fully ... side by ... side. 13. “I am convinced that with
you as ... teacher, everything will be possible,” Antonie
said. 14. What ... progress you have made in your lan­
guage learning! 15. “I didn’t mean to hurt you, ... sweet,”
she said. “But we are ... old friends and we used to say
what we meant to each other.” 16. He took a room in
an inn opposite Wolfgang’s so that they could consult
with each other from ... window to ... window. 17. After
a few moments, ... other soldier found Jok lying on his
side under the truck, shaking from ... head to ... foot,
his arms clasped about himself. 18. He’ll write some­
thing better than ... book “The Match Girl”. 19. I t ’s ...
same reason I warned you about. 20. Among them was
... astronomer Christopher Wren, better known as ...
architect. 21. What they felt the lack of most bitterly
was ... tobacco. 2 2 . former president Alf Budd warned
delegates that affiliation to CND would split the
union from ... top to ... bottom. 23. She was ... daughter
of a solicitor in Liverpool. 24. “Good morning, miss,”
Michael said to the girl, who glanced up from her typing,
... hands on the typewriter.
*81. Translate the following sentences from Russian into English
paying attention to the use of articles with nouns in some
syntactical positions.
1.
Я слышал грлос этого человека много лет назад
когда он был главой шайк'и. 2. Она была лучшей по­
варихой на острове. 3. Джеймс в ужасе стоял на тро­
туаре. Он дрожал с головы до ног. 4. О’Доннел был
главою хирургического отделения и президентом ме­
дицинского совета госпиталя. 5. У меня есть там дру­
зья,, которых я навещаю время от времени летом. 6. Ка­
кими они были друзьями! 7. Его карьера (как) школь­
ного учителя прервалась в 1911 году из-за болезни.
8. «Я бы предпочел не говорить о нем, отец»,— сказал
он наконец. 9. В течение многих лет Ньютон был пре­
зидентом Королевского общества. 10. Она была за­
мужем за сэром Максом Маллованом, известным ар­
хеологом. 11. Время от времени я встречался с Ирэн.
12. Он беспокойно ворочался с боку на бок, но сон не
приходил. 13. «Вы обращались со мной как с ребенком
121
до сих пор»,— медленно сказала Люси. 14. «Как смеш­
но!» — сказала миссис Ван Хоппер, когда' мы подни­
мались в лифте. 15. Я путешествовал из города в город
в поисках свободы. 16. Мы требовали, чтобы доктор
Мэнсон ушел в отставку. 17. Академик Петров был
самым опытным специалистом по туберкулезу. 18. Я вас
очень уважаю, доктор, и мне было бы жаль, если бы
вы обо мне плохо думали.
82. Read the following jokes. Retell them paying particular atten­
tion to the use of articles with appositive nouns.
1
In his old age, Lessing, the German author, became
very absent-minded. Coming home one night with his
mind on some work, he found the door locked, and dis­
covered that he had not taken his key with him. In an­
swer to his knock, a servant looked out of an upstairs
window, and mistaking his master for a stranger, called
out, “The professor is not at home.”
“Very well,” Lessing answered meekly as he turned
away. “Tell him that I ’ll call another time.”
2
Mark Twain once visited the artist Whistler in his
study and was looking over his pictures. He started to
touch one canvas. “Oh,” cried Whistler, “don’t touch
that! Don’t you see it, It isn’t dry yet?”
“I don’t mind,” said Mark Twain, “I have gloves on.”
3
James Thurber, the “New Yorker” cartoonist, attend­
ed one of Hollywood’s premieres. When they were leav­
ing the theatre Thurber asked Mr. Field, a writer friend,
what he thought of the picture.
“I thought it was awful,” replied Mr. Field. “What
did you think of it?”
“I can’t say I liked it that well,” said Thurber.
83. Explain the use of articles with nouns in apposition. Retell
the text using these nouns.
122
Unknown
Raphael
Found
A previously unknown painting by Raphael, the Re­
naissance master, has been purchased “for a sum in six
figures” by the Boston Museum of Fine Arts, Mr. Perry
Rathbone, the museum’s director announced.
The painting, a fcrmal portrait of a dark-eyed girl
of twelve dressed in lace and velvet and wearing gold
and pearl jewelry, was discovered in the private collec­
tion of an old European family. Mr. Rathbone refused
to identify the family or to disclose the price the museum
paid.
Dr. John Shearman, a British art historian and author­
ity on Raphael, has said the painting is “unquestiona­
bly authentic”, and he succeeded in identifying the girl
in -it.
Undiscovered Raphaels are extraordinarily rare. Ra­
phael has been in vogue for centuries and his art was
already expensive while he was alive. His paintings
were commissioned not by common men, but by popes
and dukes and families of great wealth and sophisticat­
ed taste.
Dr. Shearman believes that it was one such family—
the della Roveres, the rulers of Urbino, where Raphael
was born—who commissioned the girl’s portrait in 1505.
Eventually, through marriage, it became the prop­
erty of the Fieschis, a family of Rome and Genoa. Mem­
bers of that family always assumed that the portrait
was by Raphael, but nothing was known about the girl.
It was Dr. Shearman who concluded that she was
Eleonora della Rovere, later Duchess of Urbino. She is
so identified at the Museum of Fine Arts.
84. Retell the text given below. Explain the use of the indefinite
article with the italicised nouns. Speak of some other famous
women — revolutionaries, scientists, writers, actresses, musi­
cians.
Angela Davis
Angela Davis oecame iamous in the early 1970’s
when she campaigned to free three black prisoners in
California. At that time she was a Professor of Philos­
ophy at California University. She was arrested as
a “terrorist” in New York in October 1970. Her support­
ers launched a campaign to free her and in June 1972
<23
she was found to be innocent of the charges made against
her. She went on to campaign for other political prison­
ers and for racial equality of all peoples.
*85. Fill in the blanks with articles wherever necessary. Explain
the use of articles with predicative nouns.
The Education of Benjamin Franklin
History has given Benjamin Franklin ... place of ...
enduring fame. He was ... writer, ... inventor, and ...
statesman, whose life story has enjoyed ... popular
success for 200 years.
Franklin’s education at ... school stopped when he
was ten years old. But he never stopped learning. For
him, ... books held ... key to living happily and suc­
cessfully. They were ... precious gifts.
In his early youth, he had ... friend who worked for
... bookseller. Sometimes his friend would lend him ...
book, which he was careful to return quickly. Often he
sat up in his room reading most of ... night in order to
return ... book before his friend’s employer noticed its
absence.
But Franklin was not ... lonely scholar. For him,
learning was ... social experience. In his “Autobiogra­
phy,” he tells about organizing ... club called the “Junto”
which met every Friday night to improve its members’
minds:
“... rules I made required every member, in ... turn,
to produce one or more questions on any point of ... Mor­
als, ... Politics, or ... Natural Philosophy. ... questions
would then be discussed by ... whole group. Also, once
in three months, each member was required to read ...
article he had written on any subject he pleased.
“Our discussions were directed by ... president and
conducted as ... honest search for .,. truth. We were to
avoid ... unpleasant arguments or ... desire for ... vic­
tory. Any member who did not obey these rules had to
pay ... fine.”
... Junto which Franklin organized continued for
many years. It was ... best group for ... discussion of
... philosophy, ... morality, and ... politics that existed
in that part of ... country. ... questions were given to ...
members during ... week before they were to be dis­
cussed. This encouraged ... members to read carefully about
each subject so that they might speak with more under­
124
standing. They learned to become ... better conversa­
tionalists, too, since ... rules prevented ... disagreeable
arguments.
When the Junto was organized, before ... middle of
... eighteenth century, there were no public libraries.
There was even not ... good bookstore ... south of Boston.
In New York and Philadelphia, ... printers sold only a
few ordinary school books. ... people who loved to read
were obliged to send to England for their books. Frank­
lin decided to improve this situation.
Each member of the Junto owned a few books. ...
room had been rented in which ... members held their
meetings. Franklin suggested that all ... members should
bring their books to that room. In this way ... books
would be ... help to all during ... weekly discussions.
Also, each member would be allowed to take and read at
... home any book he chose. ... arrangement was so sat­
isfactory that Franklin soon decided that something
silnilar should be done for ... other people in his city.
His autobiography tells how he put ... idea into ... ac­
tion.
“Realizing ... benefits of ... Junto’s little collection,
I suggested starting ... public library. I made ... neces­
sary plan and rules and had ... lawyer put them in ...
proper written form. Each man who signed ... agreement
promised to pay forty shillings immediately to purchase
... first books and ten shillings each year to buy more
books.
We began with ... small amount of ... money, and
... books were ordered from England. ... library was
open one day ... week for lending. Any one who took
... book signed ... promise to pay double ... value if he
didn’t return it to ...-lib rary . ... library soon showed
its usefulness and was copied by ... other towns. Reading
became fashionable.”
Franklin’s experiences in trying.to get people to join
... library taught him ... valuable lesson: “I soon learned
that it is not wise to present one’s self as ... proposer of
any useful plan. When one needs ... help of one’s neigh­
bors for such ... purpose, one must remember this: Do
not let them think you are trying to increase your own
fame in ... community.
“Therefore, I kept myself out of it as much as I
could. I presented ...library as ... plan of 'several friends’.
I said they had asked me to propose it to those whom
125
they considered to be ... lovers of reading. In this way,
... organization progressed more smoothly.
“I used this method on many later occasions. From
my frequent successes, I can strongly recommend it.”
Franklin’s ability to learn from ... observation and
... experience contributed greatly to his success in ...
public life. He once explained how his observations con­
cerning ... human nature helped him win ... friendship
of ... man who could have been ... powerful enemy.
“In 1736, I was chosen to be ... secretary of the As­
sembly. No one opposed ... choice that year. ... next
year I was proposed again. This time ... new member
made ... speech against me. However, I was chosen again.
“I liked being ... secretary to ... Assembly. I did not
like ... -opposition of this new member, who was ...
wealthy, educated gentleman. It was probable that, in
time, he would have great influence in ... Assembly,
and I wanted to gain his favour.
“So after some time had passed, I used this method
of winning his friendship. I had heard that ... gentleman
had ... certain special and interesting book in his library.
It was one of very few existing copies. I wrote him exiressing my desire to read that book. I asked him to
avour me by lending it to me for ... few days. He sent it
immediately, and I returned it in ... week with ... note
telling him how very grateful I was for ... favour.
“... next time we met in ... Assembly, ... gentleman
spoke to me with ... great kindness. (He had never done
this before.) After that, he was ready to help me on all
... occasions. We became ... good friends, and our friend­
ship continued to his death.
“This is another instance of ... truth of ... old saying:
‘He who has once done ... kindness will be more ready
to do you another than he for whom you yourself have
done ... favour.’ And it shows how much profit there is
in removing ... causes for ... hate.”
Throughout his life, Benjamin Franklin continued
his education learning from ... human contacts as well
as from ... books.
f
Discuss the questions given below.
1. Do you agree with the statement that “books hold
the key to living happily and successfully”?
2. Can you illustrate the truth of the saying: “He who
has once done you a kindness will be more ready to do
126
you another than he for whom you yourself have done a
favour”? Find the Russian equivalent for the saying.
*86. Fill in the blanks with articles before names of seasons it
necessary. Comment on your choice of articles.
1. They looked in awe at this proof of returning life,
moved too deeply for words that it should have just come
this morning to remind them when ... winter lay heav­
iest on them that ... spring would come again and with
... spring freedom and reunion. 2. I should remember
the rose-garden in ... summer, and the birds that sang
at dawn. 3. The weather was wet and cold for quite a
week, as it often can be in the west country in ... early
summer. 4. “During ... summer I always feel uneasy
for...,” he swallowed. “For it reminds what happened
three years ago.” 5. I am transported from this indiffer­
ent island to the realities of ... English spring. 6. There
was a good deal of story-telling and comparing notes
on ... past summer and all its doings. 7. The sun had
brought the old men out from wherever they spent ...
winter. 8. In ... summer of his sophomore year, when he
got the job after hours and on Saturdays at Caldewood’s
Department Store he was quite happy. 9. The west country
must be delightful in ... spring. 10. In ... spring of the
year 1881 he was visiting his old schoolfellow and client
G. Liversedge. ) 1. I ’m tired to death of Europe and we
can come bdclcfn ... early fall. 12. ... winter passed into
... spring and ... gardens on the Riviera were ablaze with
colour. ... spring passed into ... summer. 13. He shiv­
ered. He always hated ... winter. 14. Christmas of 1862
had been a happy one for Atlanta, for the whole south.
Every one knew that when the campaign reopened in
... spring, the Yankees would be crushed for good and
all. 15. And you frightened me with it, that winter when
you and I were here as girls ... winter I was engaged to
Delphin. 16. Even the mists of ... autumn and the smell
of the flood tide — these are the memories of Manderley
that will not be denied. 17. In the evening the bars on
the Croisette were thronged by a restless, chattering
crowd as many-coloured as the flowers of ... spring. 18. It
was ... early spring when she chanced to meet W alter
Fane. 19. New York is beautiful at ground level, but
on a fine day in ... early winter from the air, it is one
of the loveliest sights a man can hope to see. 20. You
know our blood gets so thick during ... winter, 21. That
127
was ... terrible summer with the sound of milk-cans rat­
tling in the street, rubber shod feet padding on pave^
ments. 22. Whether in ... winter or ... summer, ... spring
or ...autumn it’s always got its fun and its excitements.
23. I raked up visions of ... Wyoming spring, warm,
bright. 24. ... winter settled down over the mountains
and the long trip from the city to her ceased to be an
adventure for Bart, and became a hardship. 25. There
was a small lake nearby with two hotels that were open
for ... summer, and holiday cottages owned by people
who came from Cleveland.
*87. Translate the following sentences from Russian into English
paying special attention to the use of articles with names
/1. 'В“течение
Т А >лета
■ '
,
я часто встречал своего школьного
друга. 2. «Была поздняя осень, когда она написала
мне»,— сказал он. 3. Они должны были пожениться
в самом начале весны. 4. Прошлым летом Сара пере­
ехала за город. 5. Лето, которое Сюзанна провела с
Ларри, было самым счастливым временем в ее жизни.
6. Я думаю, ты знаешь, что Ларри пробыл в Санари
всю зиму. 7. Видишь ли, осенью я собираюсь поступить
на работу в дядину фирму. 8. Была ранняя весна, когда
они прибыли в Одессу. 9. Какое унылое лето ждет нас
впереди! 10. В тот год зима была холодная. 11. В те­
чение зимы средняя температура была минус 10°. 12. За
пределами госпиталя жители Берлингтона страдали от
ужасно жаркого лета. 13. Но действительно, кажется
довольно абсурдным, что я не увижу свою собствен­
ную работу, тем более, что осенью я собираюсь выста­
вить ее на выставке в Париже. 14. Зима была уже на
носу, а у нее не было теплой одежды, а теперь и работы.
15. Летом 1985 года она победила на соревнованиях.
88. Memorize the dialogue and act it out in pairs. Make up dia­
logues about the climate of the region you were born in (or of
your native town, village).
Talking about the Climate and the Weather
1st student (a student from Africa): Are there two or four
seasons in Moscow?
2nd student (a Moscow student): There are four: spring,
summer, autumn and winter.
1st student: We have only two seasons in my country:
a rainy one and a dry one.
128
2nd student: Then you certainly prefer that kind of
climate.
1st student: Yes, it’s but natural, isn’t it? But I would
like to know something about the climate here.
2nd student: In my opinion spring and autumn are the
best seasons of the year. In spring there is a little
rain, the grass appears, the leaves come out and the
flowers begin to bloom. In autumn the leaves turn
yellow, orange and red and fall from the trees—the
ground in the parks and forests is covered with them.
1st student: I suppose winter and summer must be un­
pleasant seasons.
2nd student: In some ways they are, but in other ways
they aren’t. It gets very cold in winter and there’s
lots of snow, but many people like winter sports.
In summer it is sometimes hot, but many people
like to go on picnics or to go swimming.
1st student: I think I’m going to like this climate.
69. Retell the story of the ant and the grasshopper. What is the
moral of the story? Do you know any people who live like the
grasshopper?
It was a cold day in the winter and an ant was bring­
ing out some grains of corn that he had gathered in the
summer as he wanted to dry them. A grosshopper, who
was very hungry, saw him and said, “Give me a few
grains of corn; I ’m dying of hunger.”
“But,” said the ant, “what did you do in the summer?
Didn’t you store up some corn?”
“No,” answered the grasshopper, “I was too busy."
“What did you do?” asked the ant.
“I sang all day,” replied the grasshopper.
“If you sang all summer,” said the ant, “you can dance
all winter.”
90. Explain the use or the absence of articles with names of times
of the day and night in the following sentences.
1.
They were at 3,000 feet, the night clear, the wind
stream rushing past the open hatch with such force Fontine thought he would be sucked out before the red light
above him was extinguished. 2. Just come along here on
Monday morning. 3. You are like a May morning. 4. Gen­
erals like small boys, must be up at sunrise to see what
day has in store for them. 5. It was still only early af­
ternoon, but the grey Arctic twilight was already thick5 Заказ 41S
129
ening over the sea as the Ulysses dropped slowly
astern. 6. For the last two years, six times a week, I ’d come
in an hour before midnight and left at eight in the morn­
ing. 7. Once during the day when he sat near the radia­
tor, hunched up and reading, she passed through, and
seeing him, wrinkled her brows. 8. On the morning when
Mr. Clayton of Pike House rang up we had had a night
of continuous snow. 9. The curtains let enough sun through
for me to see that it was a nice day. 10. Bateman
wondered how he should begin on the conversation which
all the events of the day made him think more urgent.
11. It was a clear warm night and Thomas sat on the
afterdeck, smoking a pipe, admiring the stars, waiting
for Mr. Goodhart. 12. It was the moment when afternoon
and evening hang balanced in mid-heaven. 13. We were
to have gone away together this morning at dawn. 14. Dusk
was falling; the river rippled darkly and the fleet of
barges across the way was almost shapeless. 15. Well, it’s
a red-letter night for us both, you having an oil-millionaireandm e having a baby. 16. They knew no one would
follow them until daylight. 17. There were other
moments when time was like a shadow' on the mountains
which seemed to stand still all day long. 18. What am
I doing here on the other side of the country, when my
mother is sitting alone, all by herself, night after night,
crying? 19. You couldn’t tell what his expression was
behind the dark glasses he wore night and day. 20. He
rode through the night and reached the Abbey shortly
after dawn. 21. From the evening of the day when Con­
stance Mackenzie was introduced to Michael, a new ten­
sion began to make itself felt in the Mackenzie household.
22. Day and night had no essential meaning. 23. To­
morrow evening I should be in the train, holding her jew­
el case and her rug. 24. The morning, for all its shad­
owed moments, had promoted me to a new level of friend­
ship. 25. She had been regretting the wane of a pleasant
evening. 26. They were very strong pills that had been
given him as a sedative because of very painful symp­
toms which sometimes came on him in the middle of
the night. 27. Her remarks at being dragged out of bed
at that hour of Sunday morning were expressed frankly
and unprofessionally. but she listened to his story at­
tentively.
91. Fill in the blanks with articles if necessary before names of
times of the day and night.
130
1. Willie ordered brandy for both of them after the
coffee, what with paying for lunch and all the eating
and drinking of ... evening, Gretchen figured that it
must have cost Willie at least fifty dollars since ... noon.
2. We spent the time from ... midnight till four in ...
morning at the Air Ministry. 3. Indeed ... night itself
is only a faint dusting over of ... day, a wash of silver
through the still warm fold of ... afternoon. 4. Major
Andrew Fontine sat rigidly at his desk, listening to the
sounds of ... morning. 5. But meanwhile there isn’t either
one of them and I ’m in the car in the rain at ... night.
6. He heard Antoine say accusingly, “Susan, you said
you wouldn’t be back until ... dusk.’’ ?. It was ... early
morning and the air was grateful and cod. 8. It was ...
Saturday morning. He had been too busy to telephone
his sister all week and he felt guilty about it. 9. Oh, Eva
has told me you play tennis. Perhaps we can have a game
or two ... tomorrow evening. 10. Marion went out into
... still smooth night. There was no moon, but already
the sky was silver dusted with stars. 11. ... All morning
this went on and long into ... afternoon. 12. No, no, let
us play, for it is yet ... day, and we cannot go to sleep.
13. Accordingly, he determined to have vengeance and
remained till ... daylight in an attitude of deep thought.
14. Several times during ... morning the woman came
into the bathroom. 15. Every day I was up at ... dawn,
clearing, planting, working on my house, and at ... night
when I threw myself on my bed I was to sleep like a log
all through ... night. 16. Ever since ... night his mother
had made that crazy speech about thirty thousand dol­
lars, he had felt sorry for his father. 17. She didn’t feel
as ... evening progressed that she was getting to know
Dr. D. any better. 18. She intends to spend ... night at
the lake residence. 19. All ... morning, from the first
rest period, they went uj> and down the veranda, walking
with their slow tread, calling gaily to those on bed-rest.
20. It was ... cloudy afternoon with an Italian butcher
selling a pound of meat to a very old woman. 21. She
existed, aged 19, seated in front of the mirror on ... March
night in the middle of the century because her mother
had failed to live up to her destiny. 22. On ... day of
her mother’s funeral it had been blowing a gale, with
sleet. 23. Adrian smiled, remembering ... morning after
that terrible night in San Francisco. 24. It was pleasant
to drive back in ... late afternoon. 25. And confidence is
5*
131
a quailty I prize, although it has come to me a little
late in ... day. 26. Do you remember ... afternoon when
I sprained my ankle and you carried me home in your
arms in ... twilight? 27. If you are looking for Mr. de
W inter we had a message from Cannes to say he would
not be back before ... midnight. 28. At last ... evening
came, and with it hunger and a debate with himself as
to how he should spend ... night. 29. It was ... unpromis­
ing afternoon, already half dark, ... afternoon for early
tea and entertainment on television. 30. ... days at the
shack passed in a happy succession. 31. I ’ll be sitting
here all ... night working an adding machine while you’re
raking in the loot year after year. 32. The cherries had
been plucked at ... midnight and the coldness of the moon
had entered into them. 33. Jan woke on ... Saturday
morning to a world thrilling with expectancy. 34. Bart
sat beside her through ... night, holding her hand in
his, as though his strength could hold her back. 35. ...
following evening, having refused Elliot’s telephoned
offer to fetch me, I arrived quite safely at Mrs. Bradley’s
house. 36. Mrs. Pearce says you’re going to give me some
to wear in bed at ... night different from what I wore in
... daytime. 37. There is a narrow trail on the other side
of the woods; we’ll be back before ... dawn. 38. The min­
istry has assured me the transition can be concluded
by ... early afternoon. 39. He was a hired bodyguard,
protecting the women while their men worked by ...
day or were absent from home at ... night. 40. Vittorio
had reached the RAF airfield at Lakenheath late on ...
previous night, ... first day of the new decade. 41. In
... dull twilight of ... winter afternoon she came to the
end of the long road which had begun ... night Atlanta
fell. 42. They sped south-east on the main track through
Varese into Castiglione. They didn’t wait for ... night­
fall, nothing mattered now. 43. The bed has already been
made up for ... night.
*92. Translate the following sentences from Russian into English.
1. Пойдем. Нельзя терять время. Мы должны вер­
нуться до рассвета. 2. «Никогда еще не было такого
чудесного дня»,— думала Джен, медленно идя по
веранде навстречу Дорин. 3. «Днем спи,— шепнула
Скарлетт Тому.— Двигайся ночью». 4. На другое утро
после игры в бридж г-жа Ван Хоппер проснулась с
больным горлом. 5. Ночью -задняя веранда казалась
132
даже более ужасающей. 6. К полудню они пришли на
пляж. 7. В течение всей ночи он неоднократно звонил
на квартиру Эндрю в Вирджинии. 8. Я подошел к
окну, открыл шторы. Был теплый весенний день. 9. Он
не торопился туда попасть, так как у него была целая
ночь впереди. 10. К утру Джейн проснулась от давив­
шего на нее кошмарного ужаса. 11. Было около десяти
часов вечера. 12. Когда я был в вашем возрасте, меня
не могли стащить с кровати в такое утро. 13. Ночь
казалась очень тихой. 14. На рассвете Барт тихо вы­
скользнул из комнаты. 15. Я думаю о тебе и днем и
ночью. 16. Весь день и всю ночь шел снег, и город на­
чал страдать от общего затора в уличном движении.
17. Был теплый полдень. 18. Я иду спать. У меня был
трудный день. 19. На Еве было то же свободное длин­
ное черное платье, в которое она была одета в день
приезда Майкла. 20. Ты напоминаешь мне о вечере,
когда я тебя впервые увидел. 21. Том ушел от них поздно
ночью. Ночь была тихая и звездная. 22. На следующее
утро Барт пошел навестить доктора Лойда. 23. Я ни­
когда в жизни не смогу забыть того утра, когда Хелен
постучалась ко мне в дверь, промокшая до костей и
дрожащая, и сказала, что ты не впустил ее в дом. 24. День
был исключительно жаркий. 25. Она не видела его
больше месяца, с той ночи, когда они уехали в НьюЙорк. 26. Днем и ночью я хочу знать, где ты. 27. Я хочу
видеть вас завтра утром. 28. Она ходила в лес каждое
угро вскоре после восхода солнца. 29. Он заканчивает
дежурство (уходит с дежурства) в полночь. 30. Когда
на следующее утро она проснулась в восемь, Хенсон
уже ушел. 31. Она еще не оделась для предстоящего
вечера, а сидела с ним в своей рабочей одежде, брюках
и свитере.
93. Correct the following wrong statements. Start with “ I am
sorry to contradict you, but...”.
1.
The sun sets at dawn. 2. Our classes are over be
fore noon. 3. It is pleasant to swim in the river on an
autumn afternoon. 4. We play tennis from morning till
night. 5. I usually spend the morning in the park. 6. Dur­
ing the night we played chess. 7. It is usually very light
at dusk. 8. Children don’t go to bed until midnight.
9. The moon rises at midday. 10. It is usually warmer
at night than during the day.
94. Explain the use or the absence of articles with names of meals.
133
1. She had flung a letter at me the morning before
as I poured out her coffee at breakfast. 2. It was new
for us to sit together like this after dinner, for in Italy
we had wandered about, walked or driven, gone into
little cafes, leant over bridges. 3. I saw to it that he had
a good breakfast. 4. The dinner was as good as it looked
and smelled. 5. Secretaries would fish out torn love let­
ters from waste baskets and piece them together carefully
for the price of a dinner. 6. It was after luncheon and
the servants slept. 7. And he walked across the room
and rang the bell for tea. 8. Rising with the sun and snatch­
ing a hasty breakfast he was early at work. 9. We sipped
the tea so weak that it tasted like metal against the
teeth. 10. "Eva, come and show yourself to Peddie’s
friend and then shake us a cocktail,” called Jackson.
11. I had lately returned to London from China and Mrs.
Tower invited me to a tea. 12. They had felt pretty hun­
gry before, but when they actually saw at last the sup­
per that was spread for them, really it seemed only a
question of what they should attack first. 13. What was
a holiday family dinner without the eldest son, the pri­
mary heir? 14. My wife told me you paid her a visit be­
fore lunch. 15. He came several times and he thought
it quite an adventure when they asked him to have a
luncheon with them which was cooked and served by a
scarecrow of a woman whom they called Evie. 16. The
waiter came with the breakfast and I sat with my hands
in my lap watching. 17. Tom rang for the janitor and
sent him for some celebrated sandwiches which were a
complete supper in themselves.
*95. Supply articles tor names of meals If necessary.
1. Before ... breakfast Michael entered Ju lia’s room:
“The boys have gone off to play golf. They asked if they
need come back to ... lunch. I told them that was all
right.” 2. Shew asnot out to give the mother ... perfect
Sunday night supper. 3. She picked at ... delicious break­
fast Doreen had prepared for her, but she had no ap­
petite for it. 4. I don’t care for ... late dinner. 5. “I guess
I ’ll not try togooutto-day,” he said to Carrie at ... break­
fast. 6. ... dinner lasted a long while and was great
fun. 7. We sat in the library after ... dinner, and pres­
ently the curtains were drawn, and more logs thrown on
to the fire. 8. We ordered hospital room service and sat
crosslegged one on each end of the bed and shared ...
134
big turkey dinner from the big snack tray between us.
9. No Forsyte has given ... dinner without providing a
saddle of mutton. 10. Eva had been especially silent
during ... dinner. 11. You don’t think you swallowed a
fish bone at ... tea? Do you? 12. As soon as he was dressed,
she went into the library and sat down to ... light
French breakfast. 13. I ’m afraid I have to cancel ... din­
ner tonight. 14. He and the captain sat a long time over
... lunch. 15. I ’m going to find a place for ... lunch. 16. She
worked, after dressing, to arrange ... little breakfast for
herself, and then advised with Minnie as to which way
to look. 17. It was during the first part of ... dinner that
he was very quiet. 18. As I sat at ... breakfast I looked
out at the autumn mist dissolving in the early sunrise.
19. We were having ... excellent dinner, cooked by Mary
Osbaldiston. 20. She stood waiting for the trolleybus
to take her down to the city, where she was meeting Bart
for ... supper. 21. I sometimes go down to New York and
I might find the time to buy the child ... good dinner.
22. “I haven’t noticed that ... dinner is any different
from usual,” he said. 23. He sat up, and having sipped
some tea, turned over his letters. They contained the
usual collection of cards, invitations to ... dinner, tick­
ets for private views, programmes of charity concerts,
and the like. 24. Carrie had prepared ... good dinner at
the flat, but after his ride up, Hurstwood was in a sol­
emn and reflective mood. 25. It was two o’clock in the
afternoon and Harold was still home at ... lunch.
*96. Translate the following sentences from Russian into English
paying attention to the use of articles with names of meals.
1.
В прежнее время это был банкетный зал. Он и сей
час еще используется в особых случаях, таких, как
праздничный обед или бал. 2. Подумай о том, сколько
ты съел за завтраком (об огромном завтраке, который
ты съел). 3. В такое прекрасное утро он не мог устоять
перед искушением (красота утра соблазняла его) уйти
из отеля вскоре после завтрака. 4. Они с Уолтером
были приглашены на обед. 5. Во время обеда Сара не
сказала ни слова. Она просто стояла, наблюдая за
мной. 6. Она начала одеваться к обеду, на который
была приглашена. 7. Они вернулись домой только к
девяти часам и съели легкий ужин. 8. «Пошли ко мне
Шейлу Уэбб».—«Она еще не вернулась с обеда, гос­
пожа Мартиндейл». 9. Я хотела есть. Пора было обе­
135
дать 10. Я угощу вас здешним обедом. Моя жена пре*
кпасно готовит. 11. До свидания. Я опоздаю на второй
завтрак, если задержусь. 12. «Вот они наконец-то,—
воскликнула она.— Как раз вовремя к чаю!» 13. Когда
все уселись пить чай, миссис Марч сказала: «У меня
есть для вас приятный сюрприз после чая». 14. За завт­
раком Джен едва притронулась к еде. 15. За обедом
они разговаривали о свадьбе. 16. Она слышала, как
Керри сказала, что Герствуд не придет к обеду домой.
17. Я не прощу, что ты опоздал к обеду. 18. После обеда
она села писать письмо. 19. Я не заметил, чтобы этот
обед чем-то отличался от обычного. 20. Если у тебя
будет свободный вечер, позвони мне и я приготовлю
тебе обед. 21. За обедом я быстро поел и ушел в клинику.
22. Мы спустились на лифте, не разговаривая, и про­
шли на террасу, где были накрыты столы для завтрака.
23. «Вчера у нас был (званый) обед»,— сказала Флер.
24. Наконец мальчик вернулся и спросил меня, буду
ли я одеваться к обеду. 25. Я угощу вас наилучшим
ужином, который вы можете получить в этом городе.
*97. Fill in the blanks with articles if necessary and comment on
the use of articles with the noun “tea” in the following extracts.
1. That afternoon P ip’s mother, Mrs. Hilton, went
to ... tea with Lady Candling.
“You may all have ... picnic tea in ... garden,” she
told Pip.
... children watched P ip’s mother going down ...
drive at half past three that afternoon, looking very
smart. They were glad that they did not have to dress
up and go out to ... tea. It was much more ... fun to have
... picnic tea and wear ... old shorts and shirts.
They had ... lovely tea, and went in twice to ask Cook
for some more bread and butter. There were ... ripe plums
and greengages as well to eat, so it was ... good tea.
Soon after ... tea Mrs. Hilton came back.
2. (The children sent F atty, one of the boys, to invite
a grown-up man to come and have a chat with them.)
“Very nice of you to ask me,” said he. “It so happens
I am coming through your village tomorrow. I suppose
you couldn’t invite me to ... tea—say ... picnic tea by
the river?"
“Oh, yes,” said F atty joyfully.
(Fatty returned to the village and said to his friends)
136
“That’s all settled. He is coming to ... tea with us
tomorrow—... picnic tea down by ... river.”
“Fatty! Is he really coming? Did you ask him to ...
tea? Oh, F atty, how marvellous!”
(The guest came. The picnic was a success.)
“I t’s been splendid to see you again,” he said. “Good­
bye and thanks for ... wonderful tea—the nicest I ’ve
had for weeks.”
Supplementary task. Describe a picnic tea or a dinner party you
participated in.
*98. Fill in the blanks with articles in the following extract if
necessary.
It might be useful to you to know what sort of meals
English people have and how they behave at ... table,
for ... people of one country behave rather differently
from those of ... other. ... old proverb says, “When in
Rome, do as ... Romans do” and this is ... good advice.
In many English homes four meals are served: they
are ... breakfast, ... lunch, ... tea and ... dinner. These
are ... meals that are served in ... homes of ... well-to-do
people.
... breakfast may be served any time from seven to
nine. It consists of ... porridge (made of ... oats or ...
barley, ... milk, ... sugar or ... salt), ... bacon and eggs,
... buttered toast or ... bread-and-butter with ... marma­
lade. Instead of ...bacon and eggs, ... fish may be served.
Either ... tea or ... coffee is drunk at ... breakfast.
... lunch comes at about one o’clock. It generally
consists of ... cold meat, ... potatoes and ... salad made
of ... lettuce, ... cucumber, ... tomatoes, ... carrots, ...
beetroot, etc. On ... table are ... pepper, ... salt, ... mus­
tard and sometimes ... vinegar. After that there is ...
bread or ... biscuits and ... cheese. Most people drink
... water at lunch time, some drink ... beer or ... wine.
... afternoon tea, taken between four and five is ...
most informal meal of ... day. If you are ... friend of
... family you may drop in for ... tea without ... invi­
tation. Very often it is not served at ... table; ... mem­
bers of ... family and ... visitors take ... tea in ... sittingroom. By the way do not help yourself to ... cake first;
... bread-and-butter first, then ... cake if there is any.
Another piece of ... advice: do not put more than one
piece of ... bread or ... cake on your plate at ... same
time.
137
... dinner is ... most substantial meal of ... day and
is ... very formal meal. Many people even wear special
clothes for ... dinner, so if you are asked out to ... dinner
you must find out whether you are expected to wear ...
dinner suit. ... dinner is generally served about half­
past seven. ... head of ... family sits at one end of ...
table, his wife sits at ... other. If there is ... guest he
generally sits in ... place of ... honour, which is at ...
right of the lady of ... house. The first course is ... soup.
Then comes ... fish; there is often ... knife and fork of
... special shape by each person for this course. If you
are in ... unfamiliar surroundings, keep ... eye open for
v/hat ... others are doing. Remember ... proverb about
... Romans.
... next course is the most important; it generally
consists of a joint of ... meat (... beef or ... lamb) or else
... leg of ... lamb or ... pork, or it may be ... chicken or
... duck. With it are served various vegetables, peas,
beans, ... cabbage or ... cauliflower. Some sort of ...
pudding is generally ... fourth course. To show that he
has finished with ... course, ... person lays his knife and
fork on his plate with ... handles towards him. After ...
pudding ... table is cleared and ... dessert is brought.
This is ... fruit of various kinds and ... nuts. ... Port
(... red wine from Portugal) is passed round. At this
stage ... ladies may get up and retire to ... drawing-room.
When ... ladies rise, ... men get up too, out of ... respect,
and resume their seats when ... ladies have left ... room.
It must not be imagined that all ... English people
eat like this. More than 90% of ... English people have
their dinner in ... middle of ... day. In most of ... houses
... meals are ... breakfast, ... dinner, ... tea and ... sup­
per, which is ... cold meal for which nothing is cooked.
All these meals are much simpler than those served in
... homes of ... rich.
Supplementary task. Describe meals at your home.
99. Think of situations for fbe following sentences.
1. T hat’s the best dinner I ’ve had for years.
2. He was invariably late for lunch.
3. There’s a bus after supper.
4. She, despite her increasing flow of tears, went into
the kitchen to prepare a cold lunch.
138
3. He had some cold meat and salad for supper.
6. They quarrelled at breakfast.
100. Read the following jokes. Explain the use or the absence of
articles before the italicised words. Retell the jokes.
1
Will Roger, invited to dinner by a friend, replied:
“No thanks, I ’ve already ate.”
“You should say ‘have eaten’ his friend corrected.
“Well,” drawled Roger, “I know a lot of fellows who
say ‘have eaten’ who ain’t ate!”
2
Swift, in travelling, called a hospitable house. The
lady of the mansion, rejoiced to have so distinguished
a guest, with great eagerness asked him what he would
have for dinner. “Will you have an apple-pie, sir? Will
you have a gooseberry-pie, sir? Will you have a cherrypie, sir? Will you have a plum-pie, sir?”
“Any pie, Madam, but a mag-piel”
3
In his early days in New York Floyd Odium and his
wife were invited to a dinner. The only pair, of shoes he
happened to own at the time were bright yellow. In order
to render them appropriate to the occasion he and his
wife painted them black on the day of the party. During
dinner, their hostess, sniffing perplexedly, said to her
son, “Charlie, I smell paint. Did you upset the paint in
the cellar?”
A fruitless discussion ensued in which everyone spoke
of the smell of paint except the Odiums who protested
that they smelled nothing.
101. Read and retell the joke.
A farmer who went to a large city to see the sights
engaged a room at a hotel and before retiring asked the
clerk at what time the meals were served.
“We serve breakfast from 7 to 11, dinner from 12 to
3, and supper from 6 to 8,” explained the clerk.
“Look here,” asked the farmer in surprise, “What
time am I going to see the town?”
139
Develop the situation speaking on the following topics.
1. The farmer tells a friend of his about what he saw
in the city.
2. The farmer describes the meals he had at the hotel
to a friend of his after he returns home.
*102. Fill in the blanks with articles.
English Tea
... trouble with ... tea is that originally it was quite
... good drink.
So ... group of ... most eminent British scientists
put their heads together, and made ... complicated bio­
logical experiments to find ... way of spoiling it.
To ... eternal glory of ... British science their labour
bore ... fruit. They suggested that if you don’t drink it
clear, or with ... lemon or ... rum and ... sugar, but pour
... few drops of ... cold milk into it, and no sugar at all,
... desired object is achieved. Once this refreshing, aro­
matic, oriental beverage was successfully transformed
into ... colourless and tasteless gargling-water, it sud­
denly became ... national drink of ... Great Britain and
... Ireland—still retaining ... high-sounding title ... tea.
There are ... occasions when you must not refuse ...
cup of ... tea, otherwise you are judged ...exotic and
barbarous bird without ... hope of ever being able to
take your place in ... civilised society.
If you are invited to ... English home at five o’clock
in ... morning you get ... cup of ... tea. It is either
brought by ... heartily smiling hostess or ... almost ma­
levolently silent maid.
Then you have ... tea for ... breakfast; then you have
... tea at eleven o’clock in ... morning; then after...
lunch; then you have ... tea for ... tea; then after ... sup­
per; and again at eleven o’clock at ... night.
You definitely must not follow my example. I sleep
at five o’clock in ... morning; I have ... coffee for ...
breakfast; I drink ... innumerable cups of ... black cof­
fee during ... day; I have ... most unorthodox and exotic
teas even at ... tea-time.
... other day, for instance — I just mention it as ...
terrifying example to show you how low some people
can sink—I wanted ... cup of ... coffee and ... piece of
... cheese for ... tea. It was ... exceptionally hot day and
140
my wife made some
ator, where it froze
other hand, she left
it melted. So I had
... cheese.
cold coffee and put it in ... refriger­
and became one solid block. On ...
... cheese on ... kitchen table, where
... piece of ... coffee and ... glass of
*103. Insert articles before names of diseases if necessary.
1. Manson was in this horrible situation, really feel­
ing the nightmare of every doctor. And all that he had
done was to cure Mary of ... consumption. 2. The cold
water sent ... spasm through the base of his spine, the
stick fell from his hands. 3. She got kind of quiet, like
she had ... headache. 4. “W hat’s happened to your
friend?” he said. I told him about ... influenza. 5. He is
only fifty but the liver has stopped restoring itself, the
precipitating factor is ... alcoholism. 6. I got ... pneu­
monia making a picture last January and I ’ve been re­
cuperating. 7. “I was called at my home,” Barlett said,
“and Dr. Cymbalist told me he suspected ... perforated
ulcer.” 8. I had heard of a man who had a slight fungus
growth on his thumb and had become obsessed with the
idea that it was ... cancer. 9. I made sure it was ... chill,
Doctor. 10. She clung to him, face distorted and crim­
son. ... cough rocked her. 11. Old and young, talkative
and taciturn, rich and poor, they all had two things in
common, lice and ... dysentery. 12. After ... typhoid she
was just skin and bone. 13. Yes, you had found ... diph­
theria and ... typhoid, and, if I am right, there were
some outstanding, like ... scarlet fever and ... smallpox,
that you called ultramicroscopia, and which you were
still hunting for, and others that you didn’t even suspect.
14. She coughed less too, as ... pleurisy subsided but
she grew tired in the divan bed though Bart had put a
headrest to it to hold her pillows. 15. It probably ac­
counts for some of ... flu you spoke of, but that is not too
serious in itself. 16. Think of patients lying in that
racket after a serious abdominal or running a temperature
of a hundred and four with ... meningitis! 17. The morn­
ing after the bridge party Mrs. Van Hopper woke with ...
sore throat and a temperature of a hundred and two. 18.
Little Nancy has ...backache and they’ve cabled her to go
home. 19. I developed ... blister on my thumb and had
to quit. 20. Lucy knew, of course—and was aware that
Vivian knew it too—that the possibility remained that
... osteogenic sarcome which Dr. Pearson had diagnosed
HI
might have metastasiged ahead of the amputation. 21.
The trainer took a fussy interest in him when he came up
with ... small bruise on his knee. 22. It looked precisely
the place to provoke rather than cure ... nervous break­
down. 23. The last woman who had undressed me had
been my mother, when I was five, and I had ... measles.
24. She’d hurry to her room and plead ... toothache. But
when the carriage came nearer, her flight was checked
by her amazement. 25. Case was a forty-year old man
admitted for ... appendicitis. 26. Would you agree with
me, Dr. Seddons, that the diagnosis of death of ... coro­
nary thrombosis seems fairly well established? 27. He
had attended her when she had ... pleurisy, and it had
always been the same. 28. At the beginning of the year
Cooper went down with ... fever. 29. He had ... grippe
and I figured that I probably won’t see him again. 30. The
medical history of this man shows that three years ago
he suffered ... first coronary attack and then ... second
attack earlier this year.
104. Complete the sentences using names of diseases and the ex­
pressions “to have toothache, a headache, a cough, a cold,
heart trouble”, etc.
1. “What is the matter with Anne?” “She is in bed
with ...” 2. “You look pale. What has happened?”
“I have ...” 3. “I hear John is in hospital.” “Yes, he has ...”
4. Jane has a high temperature. I ’m sure it is ... 5.
George has a bad cough. I ’m sure it is ... 6. Mary doesn’t
feel well after ... 7. I don’t feel well. I ’m afraid I ’ve
caught ... 8. Henry was taken to hospital with acute ...
9. I ’m afraid Anthony has fallen ill. It must be ... 10. Sam
was suddenly taken ill last month. It was ... 11. I must
see a dentist, I have terrible ... 12. “Why hasn’t Tom
come?” “He is down with ...”
*105. Fill in the blanks with articles wherever necessary paying
particular attention to names of diseases.
I remember going to ... British Museum one day to
read up ... treatment for some slight ailment of which
I had ... touch: ... hay fever, I fancy it was. I got down
... book, and read all I came to read; and then, in ...
unthinking moment, I idly turned ... leaves, and began
to study ... diseases, generally. I forget which was ...
first disease I read about, but before I had glanced half
down ... list of ... “premonitory symptoms”, I was cer­
tain I had got it.
142
I sat for ... while frozen with ... horror; and then in
... despair I again turned over ... pages. I came to ...
typhoid fever—read ... symptoms—discovered that I
had ... typhoid fever, must have had it for ... months
without knowing it—wondered what else I had got;
turned up ... scarlet fever—found, as I expected, that I
had that too—began to get interested in my case, and
determined to sift it to ... bottom, and so started alpha­
betically—read up ... ague, and learnt that I was sick­
ening for it, and that ... acute stage would commence
in about ... fortnight. ... rheumatism, I was relieved to
find, I had only in ... modified form, and so far as that
was concerned I might live for ... years. ... cholera I had
with ... severe complications; and ... diphtheria I
seemed to have been bom with. I read conscientiously
through ... twenty-six letters, and ... only malady I
could conclude I had not got was ... housemaid’s knee.
I felt rather hurt about it at first; it seemed somehow
to be ... sort of ... slight. Why hadn’t I got ... house­
maid’s knee? After ... while, however, I reflected that
I had every other known disease in ... pharmacology,
and I grew less selfish and determined to do without
... housemaid’s knee. ... gout, in ... most malignant stage,
it would appear, had seized me without my being aware
of it; and ... zymosis I had evidently been suffering with
from ... boyhood. There were no more diseases after ...
zymosis, so I concluded that there was nothing else ...
matter with me.
I had walked into ... reading-room, ... happy, healthy
man. I crawled out ... decrepit wreck.
*106. Translate tbe following sentences from Russian into English
paying attention to the use of articles with names of dis­
eases.
1. Врач сказал, что это аппендицит и что ее надо
оперировать. 2. Билли, который выглядел бледным,
пожаловался на головную боль, пошел наверх и лег.
3. Ваш сын обратился к нам по поводу клептомании.
4. На самом деле Дик был болен гриппом. 5. Я просто
устал, и у меня болит ухо. 6. Может быть, туберкулез,
которым он болен, не от этой пыли. 7. «Вы готовы идти
на прием?» «Извините, у меня болит печень». 8. Ес­
тественно, я понимаю, что плеврит, которым она болеет,
помешает ей начать работу к концу октября. 9. Хирург
делал операцию по поводу рака кишечника. Когда
143
он достиг пораженного места, он решил, что рак был
не операбельным. 10. Все рабочие погибли от голода,
кроме одного, Чагинского, который лежал в больнице
с цингой. 11. Было начало лета, когда Джулия решила
поехать за город, но у Роджера болело горло, и им
пришлось отложить поездку. 12. После ужина Джордж
взял банджо и хотел сыграть на нем, но Харрис за­
протестовал. Он сказал, что у него болит голова. 13. Она
сейчас очень больна. У нее плеврит. 14. Я позвонила
ее врачу, который сразу же пришел и поставил диагноз:
обычный грипп. 15. Однажды у меня была простуда,
а я не знала этого и купалась в канале. 16. К концу
июля разразилась сильная эпидемия оспы среди ту­
земцев. 17. Налицо следы того (свидетельство о том),
что три года назад у него был сердечный приступ —
старый инфаркт, который зарубцевался (зажил). 18. Он
умер сегодня в больнице от воспаления легких. 19. Когда
я проходил мимо него, я заметно хромал. Он посмотрел
на меня сочувственно и спросил: «Ты тоже?» Я ответил:
«Просто растяжение». 20. Я простудилась в самолете и,
когда мы приземлились, чихала и чувствовала озноб.
107. Answer the questions using names of diseases.
1. Why did you see the doctor yesterday? 2. Why is
your sister in hospital? 3. I hear you stayed in bed for
a week. What was the matter? 4. What was your friend’s
absence in class caused by? 5. What are the most common
children’s diseases? 6. Was there an epidemic of flu in
your town last year? Were you taken ill? 7. When did
you see a doctor last? What was the matter with you?
8. Why didn’t your daughter go to a pioneers’ camp last
summer? 9. Why do you think the boy has such a high
temperature? 10. Why doesn’t your brother go in for
sports? 11. He isn’t his usual self today. What has hap­
pened?
108. Read the following Jokes. Explain the use or the absence of
articles before the italicised nouns. Retell the jokes.
1
“Could there be anything worse,” an ailing friend
once wrote complainingly to Mark Twain, “than having
a toothache and an earache at the same time?”
Mark Twain wrote back: “Rheumatism and St. Vitus
Dance.”
144
2
A doctor was aroused in the middle of the night by
a phone call from a man to whose family he had not had
occasion to render medical services for some time. “Doc­
tor,” said the excited man, “please come over right away.
My wife is in great pain and I am sure it is appendicitis.”
The doctor had been sleepily mulling over the medical
history of the family and said, “Well now, it probably
isn’t anything like that. I ’ll come around first thing in
the morning. Don’t worry. Probably just indisgesiion.”
“But, doctor, you’ve got to come. I ’m positive it’s
appendicitis,” protested the alarmed husband.
“Oh, come, Mr. Johnson," the doctor said, somewhat
irritably, “I took out your wife’s appendix almost two
years ago. You know as well as I do, she hasn’t got anoth­
er one.”
“That’s all right," said the husband, “but I ’ve got
another wife.”
3
A certain person coming to a doctor said, “Sir, when
I awake from sleep I have a dizziness for half an hour
and then I feel all right.”
“Get up after the half-hour,” the physician replied.
*109. Fill in the blanks with articles wherever necessary. Comment
on your choice.
1.
Six months in ... bed no longer seemed a long tim
when Mrs. Carlton beside her had been in ... bed for eight­
een months. 2. I ’m in my second year in ... medical
school. 3. I t’s worse than ... prison, because in ... prison
at least you are all criminals, but here only we three
have the stigma on us, and in ... prison you can at least
have a cell to yourself. 4. If you don’t mind getting out
of ... bed, my Lord. 5. Paulette, when this is over, I ’m
going to treat you to the best lunch in ... town. 6. Lorna
was glad that she had gone to ... secondary school be­
cause it had been only constructed a year before. She
was 17 years of age and had left ... school 2 years before.
7. On the morning of the third day of rain we decided
to go down into ... town. 8. Well, amigo, don’t you
think it’s time you were in ... comfortable bed? We
have one for you at the San Miguel. 9. I ’ve been weak
and I have permitted your father to drive me from ...
145
church. 10. The ship was floating idly on ... motionless
sea. 11. Mel Bakersfeld was in ... hospital after he had
spent a few terrible hours in the truck snowbound on one
of the runways. 12. Floyd was surprised to hear P ul’s
daughter was doing well at ... school while his son was
only somewhere down at the chart. 13. Jan lay back In
... narrow hospital bed and tried to adjust herself to her
new surroundings. 14. Picked her up cheap a t ... market last
spring and thought I ’d got a bargain, but I soon found
out. 15. He had felt that ... sea had finally relieved him
of his burden of violence; the future he and Swyer hoped
for themselves was harmless and unobjectionable on ...
mild sea among mild men. 16. He held himself very erect,
as though he were still in ... Air Cadets’school. 17. If
she could somehow manage to marry him while he was
in ... jail all those millions would be hers and hers alone
should he be executed. 18. So they were all seated at ...
table, Rudolph self consciously the focus of the occasion
wearing a collar and tie, and sitting very erect, like a
cadet at ... table at West Point. 19. He was explaining
the work that was going forward—how one was discharg­
ing another taking in cargo, and a third making ready
for ... sea. 20. “Jack, what are you going to do with your
life?”—“Who knows? Go to ... sea, maybe, build elec­
tronic equipment, teach, marry a rich wife.” 21. After
I checked into the office and confirmed that there was
nothing for me that weekend I drove into ... town in
my Volkswagen. 22. I had known Jan slightly in ... high
school. 23. Still it was better than teaching chemistry
in ... high school. 24. I had seen them walking together,
arms linked, to ... sea, coming back rather late and tired
and happy to a cold lunch. 25. He was usually caustic
in his comments on those who used ... church only for
marrying, or burying. 26. I wanted to look in at ... hos­
pital before it was too late for visitors. 27. ... bed was
empty and there was no one in the room. 28. Men who
had had high positions in the White House were being
sent to ... jail. 29. He was a youngish man in a buttondown collar to show that he had gone to ... law school
in the East, and a bright bow tie, to show that he now
lived in California. 30. This was no time to be laid up
immobilized and helpless in ... hospital for weeks or
may be months on end. 31. I read with satisfaction that
Venice was sinking into ... sea. 32. He probed his mind
for anything he might have done in ... college.
146
*110. Translate the following sentences from Russian into Eng­
lish.
1.
Школа находилась в жилой части города к се
веру и к востоку от делового центра. 2. Вы случайно
не заметили, где находится католическая церковь?
В Англии все ходят в церковь? 3. Была ночь. Море
было гладкое, как стекло. 4. Они оба в школе. 5. Джен
оглядела девушек в палате. Почти все они были при­
кованы к постели, и им не разрешали ходить. Неко­
торые из них пролежали в постели несколько лет.
6. Я направился на юг из этого города, где, как я по­
нял сейчас, я был счастлив более пяти лет. 7. Она при­
летела в Нью-Йорк, а он был слишком ленив, чтобы
встретить ее. 8. Она никогда не была внутри церкви.
9. Джен сказала сама себе: «Никто никогда не заста­
вит меня опять лечь в больницу, подобную этой». 10. Его
отец ходил вокруг дома медленно и осторожно (спо­
койно), как человек, который только что вышел из
больницы после серьезной операции. 11. Когда он
оделся, он сел на кровать и стал ждать жену. 12. Мне
было всего восемнадцать лет, когда я приехала сюда.
Я приехала прямо после школы. 13. Я тебе когданибудь говорил, что мальчиком я посещал школу тан­
цев? 14. Но если бы Бренатскис не пришел, Хьюго
пришлось бы провести ночь в тюрьме. 15. Она приехала
в город за покупками. 16. Боюсь, что вы можете опо­
здать на последний поезд. Лучше оставайтесь в городе.
17. Примерно через две улицы отсюда есть больница.
18. Наступил день, когда мне надо было снова идти
в школу. 19. В доме никогда не было достаточно денег.
Поэтому он не учился в колледже. 20. «Что ты соби­
раешься делать?» «Прежде всего,— сказал я,— уехать
из города». 21. «Отсюда море не видно»,— сказала я,
поворачиваясь к миссис Дэнверс. 22. Школа была
построена на холме, и он мог видеть реку Гудзон внизу.
23. Он учится в вечерней школе. 24. На уикенд они
решили поехать на море.
111. Read and retell the following joke. Develop the situation
trying to describe the events after Bobby’s sister fell out of
the window.
“I hear your sister is sick in bed, Bobby,” remarked
a neighbour. “Could you tell me what’s the matter with
her?”
147
“We were playing a game seeing who could lean the
furthest out the window, and she won.”
112.
Write a composition or speak on the following topics.
1. Differences between high school and college.
2. Life in a college hostel.
*113. Fill in the blanks with articles before nouns In some common
expressions if necessary.
1.
For a while I went often to ... theatre, to ... movie
losing myself for a few hours at a time in the fantasies.
2. There simply isn’t enough airspace above New York—
I ’m thinking of traveling there by ... train in future.
3. Every piece is insured and described in ... detail. 4. He
stood on ... deck. 5. Doreen didn’t like to be turfed out
of her own flat every time. Bart came home on ... leave.
6. One night he went to ... theatre, on the blind chance
that he might see her, and from the second balcony he
did see her. 7. There was even a mention of the fact that
Rudolph had run the two-twenty for the Fort Philip
track team and that he had played ... trumpet in a jazz
combination called the River Five in the middle of 1940s.
8. I had left word with Anna to tell Mrs. Grimes that I
had been called to the city on ... business and that I
would be gone a day or two. 9. I found myself in a dif­
ficulty when I asked her to play ... piano, he didn’t know
that she couldn’t play. 10. They have no light after eight
o’clock, but from sardine-tins, a little oil and a rag they
make lamps by the light of which they can see enough
to play ... cards. 11. You know the saying—you have a
minister on ... board watch out for lousy weather. 12. When
I rang for letters and the papers next morning a message
was delivered to me, in ... answer to my note to Miss
Fellows. 13. I wrote you in ... care of an address your
mother gave me, about a very important private matter.
14. We played ... whist. I had learned the game when
I was a child. 15. I have no mother, nor, in ... fact, any
relations. 16. Castleman and his friends, smart, showy
youths, all played ... tennis and ... bridge and knew all
the latest shows and dances and drinks. 17. Finished with
my calculations of times, weights, distances, sunshine,
and rain, I read, making sure always to have a supply
of books on ... hand to suit my tastes. 18. Step up activ­
ity in ... support of proportional representation. 19. He
published his first novel at the period when men of let­
148
ters, to show their virility, drank beer and played ...
cricket. 20. Luckily we had plenty of time on ... hand.
21. And yet his son had neither replied to Rome nor alert­
ed him in Campo di Fiori. The end of the day was at
... hand. 22. “Of course I ’ll let you know,” Michael said
gently. “I couldn’t bear not hearing you play ... piano
from ... time to ... time.” 23. The switchboard was at
... work early, he noted approvingly. 24. He stumbled
over a big rock and fell and shot the gun by ... acci­
dent and got a lot of dirt in his eyes. 25. Brad listened
in ... silence. 26. I got it easy— ... way Pa lost it—by ...
blackmail. 27. “All right," he said, “he is waiting for us
in ... office. Have you got a car, or do we go by ... taxi?”
28. Julie was crazy about music and liked to sing and
thought he played ... marvellous trumpet. 29. Both of
them seemed to know Pushkin by ... heart. 30. Catching
sight of the clock at the Army and Navy stores, he re­
membered an engagement to play ... volleyball at his
club. 31. They must have sent out a call by ... radio from
the car ahead of us. 32. Michael wanted to speak to Julia
so he decided to go to ... theatre and catch her there.
33. Europe is not for me. I like to come on ... holidays
and all that, but not permanently. 34. I wasn’t at Jack
and Gill’s that night by ... accident. 35. “I ’m not mar­
ried.”—“Bravo,” she said, “I am in ... possession of a
fact.” 36. He was chronically in ... debt. 37. She put
... glasses on and felt very dashing, like an actress in
... movies. 38. She sent a letter by ... post.
*114. Translate the following sentences from Russian into English.
1.
Я хожу в кино очень редко. 2. В тот вечер о
позвонил своему портному и заказал еще один костюм.
3. При данных обстоятельствах я думаю, они должны
точно знать, что произошло. Возьми лист бумаги и
напиши все подробно. 4. Китти, которая стояла на
палубе и смотрела на реку, ушла к себе в каюту. 5. «Я
в Париже по делу,— сказал я.— Я ужасно занят».
6. Я решил, что завтра поеду в Вашингтон на авто­
бусе. 7. «Мы будем играть в покер в субботу вечером».
«Вы все еще играете в покер?» 8. Джон усердно рабо­
тал. 9. Эта кофта связана вручную? 10. Когда он вошел
в комнату, дочь хозяина играла на скрипке. 11. Она
была близорука, но из тщеславия не носила очки, за
исключением случаев, когда работала, или читала,
или ходила в кино. 12. Я приехал в аэропорт рано, на
149
такси. 13. Она стояла у такси, разговаривая с кем-то.
14. А все-таки вы не угадали, что я американец по
происхождению. 15. Она была убеждена, что Хьюго
играл в футбол, чтобы заработать на жизнь. 16. Пой­
демте сегодня вечером в кино. 17. Рой перестал играть
в крикет много лет назад. 18. Я уже не дежурил, когда
она пришла, поэтому я понятия не имею, какую ком­
нату она посещала. 19. Она взяла меня за руку и по­
вела к дому. 20. Я думала, что вы ушли играть в гольф.
21. Казалось, доктор Вассар делала заметки на чем
угодно, что попадалось под руку. 22. Я подумал, что
тоже буду в отпуске. 23. Она посмотрела, как бы слу­
чайно, на стол, за которым сидели футболисты. 24. «Мне
следовало помнить, что она умеет держать себя в ру­
ках»,— подумала миссис Слейд. 25. Она что-то держала
в руках. 26. Сколько театров у вас в городе? 27. Что
идет в кино около твоего дома?
115. Think of situations for the following sentences.
1. She hardly noticed me when we met by chance.
2. Only when she was on the plane, did she notice
that she had left her umbrella at home.
3. Most of the moralists think that if they say a thing
in person often enough people will believe it.
4'. It wasn’t funny at all having missed the train.
5. I took somebody’s book by mistake.
116. Answer the following questions.
1. Why do you (or don’t you) like television?
2. What is your favourite television (radio) programme?
(Describe it.)
3. What makes a good film?
4. Why do you often (or seldom) go to the cinema?
117. Explain the place of articles with the italicised nouns in the
following sentences.
1.
When people are taken out of their depths the
lose their heads, no matter how charming a bluff they
put up. 2. What a manl You seem to be always going
somewhere and coming from somewhere. 3. It was so
decided, loaded pistols were served out to both the sure
men. 4. At what other times than this could such a situation
have been possible! 5. By the time I reached the small
private hospital conveniently located in the centre of
town I was giving a fair imitation of a skier who had
150
fallen down half the mountain. 6. All the newspapers noted
but one thing, his taking the money. 7. Many a friendly
game had netted him a hundred dollars or more at the
time when that sum was merely sauce to the dish of the
game—not all in all. 8. The lady’s niece, a rather
wealthy girl of about twenty was living with them for a
year to improve her English. 9. It was going to be quite
an interesting wedding. 10. So distant and definite a
point seemed to increase the difficulty. 11. I never saw
this great-uncle, but I ’m supposed to look like him—with
special reference to the rather hard-boiled painting that
hangs in father’s office. 12. She was carrying things with
too high a hand. 13. Nicole is half a patient—she will
possibly remain something of a patient all her life. 14. For
a young man, this was rather a morbid turn of charac­
ter, and so it affected Carrie. 15. You, on the other hand,
say such a call was made but you cannot say definitely
that it was Miss Pebmarsh who made that call. 16. And
what a funny little thing you were, in one of those hotel
peignoirs!
*118. Insert the necessary articles in their proper places before
the italicised nouns in the following sentences.
1.
I thought of all those heroines of fiction who looke
pretty when they cried, and what contrast I must make
with blotched and swollen face and red rims to my eyes.
2. Both readers of course will draw the obvious conclu­
sions from this. 3. Never before had he seen such cold
steely determination in her eye—such cruel look of indif­
ference. 4. I ’ve brutalized many men into shape but I
wouldn’t take a chance on half number of women. 5. He
thought of all people Fox had shaken hands w ith — the
President of the United States, every living scientist
whose name was famous. 6. “It seems to be such large
company,” she said, at one place. 7. Here you are a com­
plete stranger with an acquaintance of less than half
hour and you came up to me with a cock-and-bull story
about your aunts. 8. All complications which led up to
it were unknown. 9. Evenings, when still at his post,
he would occasionally read in the evening papers inci­
dents concerning celebrities whom he knew, whom he
had drunk a glass with many time. 10. She was horri­
fied at herself for having such thought and she turned
pink. 11. He had a little office in the place, set off in
polished cherry and grill work, where he kept in a roll­
151
top desk, rather simple accounts of the place-supplies
ordered and needed. 12. He was quite disagreeable fig­
ure. 13. There gathered, before the matinee and after­
ward, not only all pretty women who love a showy pa­
rade, but the men who love to gaze upon and admire
them. 14. Dick said in quite natural voice, not too lodd:
so if you don’t feel up to going out, I ’ll tell Nicole and
we’ll have a very quiet last evening. 15. Sorrow in her
was aroused by many spectacle, an uncritical outburst
of grief for the weak and the helpless. 16. She came and
sat beside me and I knew the waiting of all five years
had been for her. 17. For one in so delicate position he
was exceedingly cool. 18. Mr. Cowlishaw found himself
in rather difficult position of speeding his first patient
and welcoming another one in the same breath. 19. It
is really a great pleasure to have such acquisition to our
little community. 20. He’d been too much of gentleman
not to marry me. 21. I smiled at the hall-porter — not
patronizingly, but as if to imply that in my opinion a
child could operate so simple mechanism. 22. All four
boys in the locker-room spoke in low tones and there was
none of the usual horsing around. 23. I won’t lecture to
you, we have too acute realization of your physical suf­
fering. 24. Before they went out, as fine-looking couple
as could be found in Paris they knocked softly at Rose­
mary’s door. 25. She thought what good time they
would all have being with him to-night. 26. “How lovely
face and figure she has," he said bowing as he sat. 27. I t ’s
rather small place, but it has a lot of atmosphere. 28. That
leaves the situation in rather unsatisfactory state. 2 9 .1 am
not asking you. I have faced all possibilities and I prefer
it that way.
*119. Translate the following sentences from Russian into English
paying attention to the place of the articles.
1. Какого прелестного ребенка вы привели с собой!
2. «Какой у нас сегодня день! — воскликнул он.—■
Давайте отправимся немедленно». 3. Обе девушки вы­
глядели взволнованными, хотя и пытались притво­
риться, что ничего серьезного не произошло. 4. «Вы
должны быть более великодушны»,— сказал он так
просто, что она была тронута. 5. Вы могли бы остаться
здесь жить, скажем, не более полугода. 6. Все пять
поездов останавливались на всех станциях. 7. Как вы
можете себе представить, я был полностью захвачен
152
врасплох таким обращением. 8. Пуаро боялся, что
может последовать еще одна смерть, поэтому он при­
нял все необходимые меры предосторожности.. 9. По­
следовало довольно неловкое молчание. 10. Она по­
корно смотрела на довольно голую равнину с низ­
кими деревьями. 11. Когда он пришел к себе в комнату,
он включил все лампы. 12. Этот человек имеет довольно
плохую репутацию. 13. В этой книге есть вполне под­
робное описание эксперимента. 14. Она сомневалась
в точности такого длинного счета. 15. Его охватила
совсем необычная паника. 16. Это была слишком труд­
ная задача. 17. «Какой день для прогулки!» — поду­
мала Керри. 18. Это слишком жесткая для тебя игра.
19. В какой знаменитой школе ты учишься! 20. Она
была такой молодой женой и такой хорошенькой.
120. Explain the use of articles with names of persons in the fol­
lowing sentences.
1. Christine was now determined to be especially
kind to him. 2. She looked into her glass and saw a pret­
tier Carrie than she had seen before. 3. Wherever the
Rayns went they moved like a private circus. 4. In 1916
he managed to get to Vienna under the impression that,
if he didn’t make haste, the great Freud would eventu­
ally succumb to an airplane bomb. 5. “I ’m at the resi­
dence of Mr. Adams!” “The Mr. Adams who is with the
Department of Galactic Investigations?” 6. Their gov­
erness was a Miss Robinson, quite a nice girl, young
and rather pretty. 7. When a Rhodes sees that moon it
can mean either great good fortune, or utter disaster.
8. But when yesterday dear old Jones started taking the
engine to pieces, Father threw in the sponge. 9. But it
is not simply a tour de force for a white-haired, pink­
cheeked, almost cherubic Oliver. 10. If you are a Na­
poleon you will play a game of power, if you are a Leo­
nardo, you’ll play for knowledge: the stakes hardly mat­
ter. 11. I have many things to solve when I get back,
which I am slowly turning over in my mind even as I
look at a Titian in the Doges’ palace or drink an expresso
at a table in the piazza San Marco. 12. John is delight­
ful—most attractive. And as for poor Gerda—well, I
mean, we must all be very kind.
*121. Fill in the blanks with articles before personal names if
necessary.
153
1. Even his closest friends—... little John and ...
Scarlett never questioned him about his intentions. 2. This
was ... Magda with whom you could be on friendly terms,
who made no demands on you, who met you completely
on your own level. 3. And when he allowed ... ex Mrs
Burk to divorce him, he permitted her lawyer to write
the divorce settlement, 4. She was not quite certain that
... Edward who wrote to her now was not ... same Ed­
ward that she had known. 5. A little way off he saw his
wife in a long chair talking with ... Davidsons. 6. The
clerk had put me in the room next to ... Sloanes. 7. The
removal of ... late Mr. Curry was rapid and professional.
8. I thought it was fine—especially ... Chopin. 9. ... Old
Osborne on the contrary was nervous and drank much.
10. Swithin smiled and nodding at Bosinney said: “Why,
you’re quite ... Monte Cristo.” 11. It seemed Walter
didn’t pay any attention to ... tearful Kitty. 12. Stand­
ing outside in the moonlight, speaking to ... Henrietta
who was no longer startlingly ... familiar Henrietta he
had loved for so long—he had known sudden panic.
13. I was not surprised, therefore, on Monday night when
... Mr. Latimer, a very fashionably dressed young man,
came up to my rooms and asked me to accompany him
in a cab, which was waiting at the door. 14. The tenant
listed the car on the registration slip as ... Cadilac. 15. He
looked more like ... West Country Farmer Giles than ever.
16. I don’t want to turn into ... Teddy Bolan. 17. Down
in a third-rate hotel, ... brooding Hurstwood read the
dramatic item covering Carrie’s success, without at first
realizing who was meant. 18. There was ... unimpor­
tant Renoir and ... lovely little Manet on the far wall
and one noticed at once that there was a sofa but not a
desk. 19. ... two Renoirs and ... Matisse hung on the
walls. 20. Who knows—I may be ... Orson Welles of
the fifties. 21. ... Hurstwood found that he could not
talk, repressed as he was and grudging ... Drouet every
moment of his presence, he bowed himself out with the
elegance of ... Faust. 22. “I used to know ... Bill Biloxi
from Memphis,” I remarked. 23. He says there is ... Meestaire Freeman in prison that is a friend of all the world.
*122. Fill in the blanks with articles with names of continents,
countries, states, provinces, counties, cities if necessary.
1.
In his youth Mr. Curry had been abroad a grea
deal, had lived in ... Ceylon, ... Singapore and ... India.
154
2. It was not ... Monte Carlo I had known, or perhaps
the truth was that it pieased one better. 3. The Chim­
ney Corner was the name of the bar. Michael had liked
hanging around there. The photographs of famous skiers
of the past hanging above the great fireplace now looked
like mementos of ... much earlier America. 4. He made
... England too hot to hold him; fled to ... Central Amer­
ica, and died there of yellow fever. 5. The wealth of
Mary’s husband flowed from his being ruler-owner of
manganese deposits in ... southwestern Asia. 6. I hear
he’s off to ... Central Africa. 7. He decided to take his
profit and buy a house on ... Riviera. 8. Next morning,
back from shopping in ... Cannes, Nicole found a note
saying that Dick had taken the small car and gone up
into ... Provence for a few days by himself. 9. Your ad­
vice, then, as I understand it, is that the young man
will be as safe in ... Devonshire as in ... London. 10. That
evening he glanced at the tape for any news about ...
Transvaal. 11. My great-grand-father was Governor of
... North Carolina. 12. Several show cases are devoted
to the reunification of ... Ukraine with Russia. 13. We
drove up from ... Valencia. 14. Here are some of his be­
longings such as the sword given to him in ... Caucasus
and many historical documents. 15. One of the most
striking of the many unique exhibits is a marble sar­
cophagus—a relic of ancient art found in excavations
on ... Taman Peninsula in ... Crimea. 16. He read of
the early departure for the season of a party composed
of the Vanderbildts and their friends for ... Florida. 17. ...
Yorkshire is famous for some delicious foods, including
Yorkshire pudding and roastbeef. 18. In ... Netherlands
and ... Belgium St. Nicholas’ Day, December 6 is the
children’s festival, on the eve of which the saint is sup­
posed to come riding from ... Spain with presents for
all good children. 19. When the war broke out he served
first in ... Kameroon and then in ... Senegal. 20. The
first three department stores in ... United States were in
... Chicago. 21. Anyhow they lived in ... South China.
22. He’s moved to ... Lebanon. 23. “I wonder,” he said
suddenly, “where that ballet goes after ... Argentine.”
24. Michael looked quizzically at his parent. Did he quite
understand ... England of to-day? 25. The next day in
searching the woods, I found a tree of that wood, or like
it, which in ... Brazil they call the iron'tree, for its ex­
ceeding hardness. 26. You told me you were wondering
165
who had been chosen to play for ... Sussex against ...
Middlesex. 27. Over his wine Dick looked at them again,
In their happy faces, the dignity that surrounded and
pervaded the party, he perceived all the maturity of
... older America. 28. “I ’m a socialist,” said the man,
“I sympathize with ... USSR.” 29. ... Columbia city
was not so far away, even once she was in ... Chicago.
30. This was not ... Paris that good Americans went to
when they died. 31. Having stayed near four months
in ... Hamburgh, I came from thence by land to ... Hague.
*123. Fill in the blanks with articles before names of oceans, seas,
straits, channels, rivers, lakes, bays if necessary.
1. How ill she was when there was a storm in ... In­
dian Ocean. 2. I was promoted to be a major and every
Allied government gave me a decoration—even Monte­
negro, little Montenegro down on ... Adriatic Sea! 3. Every
ferryboat that crosses ... East River brings or takes away
girls from Long Island. 4. New York, the largest city in
the USA, is situated at the mouth of ... Hudson river,
sometimes called ... North river. 5. He had grown up
at the shores of ... Lake Superior and had sailed small
boats ever since he was a kid. 6. They sent us a post­
card of ... Lake of Geneva. 7. His large grey eyes were
sun-veined from rowing on ... Lake Geneva. 8. We trav­
elled a lot that year — from ... Woolloomooloo Bay to
Biskra. 9. They were in ... Mediterranean passing ...
Gibraltar, but the weather, if anything, was worse. 10. ...
Potomac flows from West Virginia into ... Chesapeake
Bay. 11. Warm air began to move from ... Gulf of Me­
xico across Texas into New Mexico. 12. Isabel had caused
the house, a replica of a palace on ... Grand Canal at
Venice, to be furnished by an English expert in the style
of Louis XV. 13. He said he was a Dane, but in ... Tor­
res Straits he was known as German Harry. 14. Had it
not been my custom to run up to see him every Saturday
afternoon and to stop over till Monday morning, this
>articular January Monday morning would not have
ound me afloat on ... San Francisco Bay. 15. Wisconsin
was on ... Wisconsin River, on the north bank, a matter
of seven miles above the junction with ... Mississippi.
16. I collected my baggage and stepped out of the train,
and there was ... Grand Canal at my feet. 17. June read:
“... Lake Okanagen, British Columbia. I ’m not coming
back in England. Bless you always. Jon.” 18. ... Pacific
f
156
Ocean is rich in mineral raw materials. 19. A new coal
deposit with an estimated 2 billion tons of coal capacity
has been discovered near ... Lake Shubarkol. 20. He saw
the lights of Harbour Springs off across ... Little Trav­
erse Bay. 21. In the guise of a seasonal worker he was
hiding near ... Geneva Lake. 22. Production centres of
Saudi Arabia are along ... Persian Gulf.
*124. Fill in the blanks with articles before names of peninsulas,
deserts, mountains, islands, falls, passes if necessary.
1.
She’s lived on ... Long Island twenty years and
never saw New York City before. 2. He told stories to
beautiful girls about his fighting in ... Solomon Islands,
in Casablanca. 3. ... Rocky Mountains extend from Me­
xico to Canada. 4. We were going to climb ... Monte
Solaro, dine at a tavern we favoured, and walk down in
the moonlight. 5. He took her for a ride on the river un­
der ... Niagara Falls and held her hand lovingly when
they walked in the sunlight of the Northern summer.
6. We could very well have done ... Mount Everest the
rate we were doing. 7. On the edge of ... Sahara we ran
into a plague of locusts and the chauffeur explained kindly
that they were bumble-bees. 8. In December Nicole seemed
well-knit again; when a month had passed without
tension, without the tight mouth, the unmotivated smile,
the unfathomable remark, they went to ... Swiss Alps
for the Christmas holidays. 9. Symbolically she lay
across his saddle-bow as surely as if he haa wolfed her away
from Damascus and they had come out upon ... Mongol­
ian plain. 10. Here was another item detailing the wreck­
ing of a vessel in ice and snow off Prince’s Bay on ...
Staten Island. 11. He had a small house in ... Bermudas.
12. The shell was found overturned, the next day, near ...
Bear Mountain. 13. The photographer gave us the pic­
ture of me, my hair limp over the rail on the boat to ...
Capri. 14. No one should leave the park without visiting
the outlook station on the rim of ... Great Canyon for
a view of ... Lower Falls of the Yellowstone River. 15. ...
Kilimanjaro is a snow covered mountain 19,700 feet
high and is said to be the highest mountain in Africa.
16. Of course she had read novels about ... Malay Ar­
chipelago and she had formed an impression of a sombre
land with great ominous rivers and a single silent im­
penetrable jungle. 17. We shall try to break through
direct for ... North Cape.- 18. ... Strait of Georgia had
157
gale-force winds, in the high elevations of ... Sierra Ne­
vada and ... Cascades there was snow. 19. The main part
of the United States presents four physical divisions:
two elevated and two lowland regions. The elevated are
... Appalachian Mountains in the east and ... Rocky
Mountains or Cordilleran system in the west. 20. The
Kalambo River, part of the border between Zambia and
Tanganyika, passes over ... Kalambo Falls in a spectac­
ular 704 feet drop. 21. The People’s Democratic Repub­
lic of Yemen lies on the southern tip of ... Arabian Pe­
ninsula. 22. Spain is a country of about 194,883 square
miles (including ... Balearic Islands and ... Canary Is­
lands) occupying the larger part of ... Iberian Penin­
sula in southwestern Europe. 23. Mongolia spans a huge
steppe plateau and ... Gobi Desert.
*125. Fill in the blanks with articles before geographic names 11
necessary.
1.
... Manhattan is the name of an island which form
the heart of New York. The island is 13 miles long, 2
mileswideand liesat the mouth of ... Hudson River. East
of it runs ... East River, which divides the island from
... Long Island. 2. ... Switzerland was an island washed
on one side by the waves of thunder around ... Gorizia
and another by the cataracts along ... Somme and ...
Aisne. 3. Do you know what it ’s like when there’s sixty
degrees of frost in ... Arctic—and it still doesn’t freeze?
4. In 1919 I happened to be in ... Chicago on my way
to ... Far East. 5. “She came from ... Bavaria,” she said.
6. On the pleasant shore of ... French Riviera, about
half way between ... Marseilles and the Italian Border,
stands a large, proud, rose-colored hotel. 7. I thought
if the test turned out to be good I could take it to ... Ca­
lifornia with me. 8. I had, indeed, a mind to see ... city
of Peking, which I had heard so much of. 9. After all
it was the completest thing, and perhaps the deadest
in ... London of today. 10. He had agencies in many of
the islands of ... Pacific. 11. Descending to another ledge
she reached a low curved wall and looked down seven
hundred feet to ... Mediterranean sea. 12. He came to
... Seine, crossed it, and entered one of the less reputable
quarters of ... Paris. 13. The Bancrofts are at present
living at their summer home on ... Lake Meticito. 14. The
region around ... Great Lakes has not an excessive hu­
midity. 15. It may be in ... Coney Island or ... Pelham
158
Bay, but I ’ll find a room. 16. I haven’t had a thing since
breakfast. Just got in from ... Rock Island. 17.'They knew
that Davidson had worked in ... Canaries for five years
before he met his wife. 18. Behind ... Pyrenees too, the
way to peace is through military detente in ... Europe.
19. It was a matter of chance that I should have rented
a house in one of the strangest communities in ... North
America. 20. They settled down in a handsome villa in
... Tyrol and in a short time became conspicuous in the
social life of the province. 21. The church stood in ...
ancient village in ... Devonshire. 22. Go to ... Hague,
or to ... Amsterdam. 23. He has his National Trust and
preservation councils for just about every hill and val­
ley south of ... Caledonian Canal. 24. ... Victoria Falls
on the northwest border of ... Rhodesia is a mile wide
and 420 feet high. 25. They reached the place of desti­
nation that evening and next morning they saw the sun­
rise in ... Saint Gotthard Pass. 26. ... Moscow is a city
of museums. It was in ... Moscow that the first museum
collection was formed in ... medieval Russia. 27. Most
of the Slavic peoples now in ... Balkan Peninsula arrived
in the 6th and 7th centuries. 28. ... White Nile Riv­
er originates in ... Lake Victoria. 29. ... Jordan River
and ... Dead Sea are on the Israel border. Steep cliffs
rise on both sides of ... Jordan Valley.
*126. Fill in the blanks with articles before miscellaneous proper
names if necessary.
1.
When they put out from the port in a hired launc
it was already summer dusk and lights were breaking
out in spasms along the rigging of ... Levante. 2. Well,
tomorrow then. I ’m living at ... Chelsea now. 3. On the
other bank of ... Potomac lies ... Arlington National
Cemetery, where ... President Kennedy was buried. 4. Tom
and Miss Baker sat at either end of the long couch and
she read aloud to him from ... Saturday Evening Post.
5. Sensation at ... London airport. Attempt to smuggle
12 jewels worth three quarters of a million. 6. His own
ideas of a riotous holiday meant picnicking on the grass
of ... Green Park with his family and half a dozen paper
bags full of food. 7. After that, if the night was mellow,
I strolled down ... Madison Avenue past ... old Murray
Hotel, and over ... 33d Street to ... Pennsylvania Sta­
tion. 8. Why, yes, didn’t you know that? Why, he’s man­
ager of ... Grand Opera House. 9. Then still keeping
159
a hundred yards behind, we followed into ... Oxford Street
and so down ... Regent Street. 10. It was close on mid­
night when a man crossed ... Place de la Concorde. 11. I
graduated from ... New Haven in 1915, just a quarter
of a century after my father. 12. I meant it might be
nice for you to take a house in ... London for the spring
season—I know a dove of a house in ... Talbot Square you
could get, furnished. 13. ... Jefferson Memorial was
built in memory of the third President of ... USA, Thomas
Jefferson, who was also the author of the Declaration
of Independence. 14. ... White House is the President’s
residence. 15. At half past six on a Friday evening in
January, ... Lincoln International Airport, Illinois,
was functioning, though with difficulty. 16. He turned
on the radio. Mozart, unworried and spring-like, ac­
companied them as far as ... Bronx. 17. Hurstwood wrote
her one'morning asking her to meet him in ... Jefferson
Park, ... Monroe Street. 18. He remembered having seen
her sitting in ... Botanical Gardens waiting for Bosinney. 19. This was in ... Broadway Central, which was then
one of the most important hotels in the city. 20. She
asked Charles if he would take her to ... National Gal­
lery. 21. The girls of ... Lotus Club wondered what had
become of him and worried Jan with questions. 22.
Across ... Fifth Avenue, through ... Madison Square by
the winding paths, east on ... Twenty Third Street and
down ... Third Avenue wound the long serpentine com­
pany. 23. He has been to ... Eton and ... Oxford and he
doesn’t forget to let you know it. 24. I presume that it
was committed in the cloakroom o f ... House of Commons.
25. “But I happen to know most of the members of ...
Racquet Club,” he said. 26. From the instant you land
at ... El Dorado International Airport, you feel a priv­
ileged guest in the warm respective city. 27. And feel­
ing that he must finish with it now, he took a cab into
... West End. 28. Then he sat in ... Bryant Park, a block
away,waiting. 29. Well, I am connected with ... Wel­
lington—the new hotel on ... Broadway. 30. ... National
Theatre said on ... Tuesday it would close one of its three
auditoriums. 31. The conversation was in ... German,
for it developed that he had been educated at ... Got­
tingen. 32. The largest and tallest among the buildings
was ... Capitol with its great Hall of Representatives
and Senate Chamber. 33. I know a girl who studies ...
French and she pays 17 shillings an hour. And I ’m going
160
to take lessons in ... English language, which is my na­
tive language, so I won’t give you more than a shilling.
34. He had an idea that anything accepted by a paper
was published immediately, and as he had sent the
manuscript in on ... Friday, he expected it to come
out ... following Sunday. 35. Every morning her mother
had read two newspapers from cover to cover: ...
Daily Telegraph and ... Daily Mirror. 36. Approaching
... Malta Street, ... Soho, Soames thought with wonder
of those seven years at ... Brighton. 37. And he went
back into ... City to do what still lay before him. 38. He
stood by the window of the sitting-room which gave
view over ... Hyde Park. 39. He leaned on the ship’s rail
as the tugs nosed ... Victoria into the wharf. 40. There
were tearful scenes at ... Gatwick Airport. 41. Request
weather and runway information—... Detroit Metropol­
itan and ... Lincoln International Airport. 42. My ad­
vice is to leave this hotel—by way of the bar if you want.
Go to ... Chambord, or if you need a lot of service, go
over to ... Majestic. 43. They drove off eastward, down
... Strand and into a little side street, by ... Charing
Cross. 44. He turned off ... Avenue de l’Opera up ... Rue
des Pyramides, through the traffic of ... Rue de Rivole
and through a dark gate into ... Tuileries. 45. He spoke
now of the lectures which an English poet was giving
at ... Auditorium. 46. I am a marine biologist. I took a
degree in it at ... Cambridge. 47. They have a nice home
in ... High Street. 48. He paid careful attention to the
announcements in ... Times. 49. You want to see ... Lin­
coln Park and ... Michigan Boulevard. They are putting
up great buildings there. 50. It must have been ... Harward Club. 51. ... Savoy is a luxury hotel in ... Strand
in London. 52. Dick was about to retort by commenting
on the extraordinary suits of a cut and pattern fantastic
enough to have sauntered down ... Bealy Street on ...
Sunday—when an explanation was coming. 53. Charlie
was a youngish man of thirty-five, graduate of ... Stan­
ford University, member of ... Nile Club and ... Unity
Club, a conservative speaker for ... Republican Party
during campaigns, in short, a rising man in every way.
*127. Fill in the blanks with articles wherever necessary.
Australia
Australia is ... fifth and smallest of ... continents,
three-quarters ... size of ... Europe, ... quarter ... size
6 Заказ 415
1GI
of ... Africa and ... sixth ... size of ... Asia or ... Amer­
icas. On ... other hand, it is by far ... largest island in
... world, with ... coastline of 12,200 miles and ... over­
all area of almost three million square miles, which
makes it slightly smaller than ... United States and about
twenty-four times ... size of ... British Isles.
Geologically, Australia dates back at least 2,000
million years, and ... poet who described it as “... land
as old as ... time” was not far wrong. Some people be­
lieve that it was once ... part of ... Antarctic continent.
There is also ... theory that until ... few million years
ago it was ... part of ... great land which reached ... north
to ... Asia and ... east as far as ... New Zealand. ... skel­
etal remains indicate that at one time Australia was
inhabited by ... giant land fauna, for example, ... kan­
garoos and ... emus up to three times their present size,
and ... lizards up to twenty feet long. ... country’s
vegetation in those days was very much as it is now.
In its present shape more than ... third of Australia
lies within ... tropics. ... Cape York, its northern tip,
is in-more or less ... same latitude as ... far south of ...
India and ... central islands of ... Philippines. ... south­
ern tip of ... Tasmania has ... same latitude as ... Port­
land (... Maine), ... Black Sea and ... Vladivostok. Be­
cause of this there is much variety in ... physical char­
acter and ... climate. It is ... rather flat country with
... not very high ranges near ... eastern coast. ... highest
peak, ... Mount Kosciusco, reaches only 7,316 feet, ...
quarter of ... height of ... Mount Everest. Much of ...
country’s interior is almost rainless, and as ... result
most of ... people live on ... east and ... south-east
coasts. ... large cities such a s ... Sydney and ... Melbourne
are crowded with ... people but ... average number of
... inhabitants to ... square mile in Australia is only
four.
*128. Fill In the blanks with articles wherever necessary paying
particular attention to the use of articles before geographic
names. Retell the text. Describe the geography of another
country.
Geography of ... United States
... United States of America is located on ... North
American continent.
... western third of ... country consists mainly of ...
high plateau broken by ... numerous mountain ranges,
162
... chief of which are ... Rocky Mountains. To ... west
of this region lie ... Great Plains. This is ... region of
... very flat ground extending from ... Canadian border
to ... Gulf of ... Mexico and eastward as far as ... Appa­
lachian Mountains. ... Appalachians are ... range of ...
low mountains and ... hills running parallel to ... At­
lantic Coast and about one to two hundred miles in land.
Along ... center of ... Great Plains, flowing ... south
from ... Canadian border to ... Gulf of ... Mexico is ...
Mississippi River. This river together with ... Missouri
which joins it from ... west and ... Ohio which joins it
from ... east, forms ... central river system of ... United
States. In ... north are ... five Great Lakes—... Lake
Superior, ... Lake Huron, ... Lake Michigan, ... Lake
Erie and ... Lake Ontario which empty into ... Atlan­
tic Ocean through ... St. Lawrence River. ... Colorado
River in ... southwest and ... Colombia in ... northwest
are ... other principal rivers of ... country.
... climate of ... country is typical to ... other large
continental areas in ... temperature zone. It is very warm
in ... summer and in all of It except ... south is cold in
... winter. ... west, and especially ... southwest, is very
dry.
... capital of ... United States Washington, D. C. is
not located in any state, but lies between ... states of
... Maryland and ... Virginia. ... principal cities of ...
U.S. are ... New York, ... Chicago, ... Philadelphia,
... Detroit, ... Los Angeles and ... Cleveland. ... popula­
tion of ... United States is not evenly spread over ...
country, but is concentrated largely in ... east.
... heart of ... American agriculture is ... “corn-belt”,
... belt of ... very fertile land extending from ...N e­
braska eastwards as far as ... Pennsylvania. In this area
... principal crop is ... corn. West of ... corn-belt is ...
wheat-belt extending ... north and ....south from ... Te­
xas to ... North Dakota and into ... Canada.
... principal products of ... south are ... cotton and
... tobacco although ... corn is also grown here. ... ag­
riculture of ... California, because of its favorable cli­
mate, is confined largely to ... special crops, such as ...
citrus crops and ... grapes.
... mineral deposits of ... U.S. are concentrated large­
ly among ... Appalachian Mountains. There are, how­
ever, ... important oil-fields in ... Texas, ... Oklahoma
and ... California, and ... important iron mines in ...
6*
163
Minnesota. Because of ... overwhelming concentration
of ... minerals in ... northeastern part of ... U.S. ...
manufacturing is also concentrated there.
*129. Fill in the blanks with articles wherever necessary paying
particular attention to the use of articles with geographic
names. Retell the text.
... British Isles
... British Isles lie off ... north-west coast of ... con­
tinental Europe. They are made up of ... Great Britain
(... England, ... Scotland and ... Wales) and ... Ireland
(... Northern Ireland and ... independent Irish Republic)
and some 5,500 smaller islands. ... whole territory of
... British Isles is 244,000 square kilometres.
We will not find ... high mountains or ... large
plains in Britain. Everything occupies ... little place. ...
nature, it seems, has carefully adapted ... things—...
mountains, ... plains, ... rivers, ... lakes—to ... size of
... island itself. ... mountain 12,000 feet high would
be ... wonder there. So would be ... plain 400 miles long,
... river as wide and deep as ... Mississippi.
Most of ... plains lie to ... east; ... west is hilly or
mountainous. ... mountains even in ... highest part of
England are only ... little over 3,000 feet high. ... high­
est mountain in ... British Isles is ... Ben Nevis in ...
Scotland, 4,406 feet high. ... longest river is ... Severn,
about 2000 miles long. ... highest waterfall is 370 feet
high.
Too often ... visitor who has only ... few days to spend
sees only ... Lowland England, and so he cannot see ...
contrasts between ... wild fiords of ... Scotland, ... rocks
of ... North Wales, ... smiling orchardland of ... Kent,
and ... open moorland of ... Sutherland. These contrasts
are often not far from ... big cities.
... climate of ... British Isles is influenced by ... At­
lantic Ocean.
... winters are not so cold as they can be on ... contin­
ent, but ... summers are not so warm as they usually
are on ... other side of ... Channel. In ... other words,
... Great Britain has ... mild climate, but because of
... length of ... British Isles ... temperatures differ from
... district to ... district.
... North is certainly colder than ... South, but in
... winter ... coldest districts are ... eastern ones. ... cli­
164
mate here is more like that in ... Central Europe. On
... whole ... weather changes very often and there are ...
few sunny days. Britain has ... rain in every month of
... year. ... rainiest months in Britain are ... November,
... January and ... February. Usually there is ... little
snow in ... winter.
*130. Fill In the blanks with articles if necessary paying par­
ticular attention to the use of articles before geographic
names. Answer the questions given below.
How New York Became America’s Largest City
In ... 18th century ... New York was smaller than ...
Philadelphia and ... Boston. Today it is ... largest city
in America. How can ... change in its size and impor­
tance be explained?
To answer this question we must consider ... certain
facts about ... geography, ... history, and ... economics.
Together these three will explairi ... huge growth of ...
America’s most famous city.
... map of ... Northeast shows that four of .... most
heavily populated areas in this region are around ...
seaports. At these points ... materials from across ...
sea enter ... United States, and ... products of ... land
are sent there for ... export across ... sea.
... economists know that ... places where ... trans­
portation lines meet are ... good places for making ...
raw materials into ... finished goods. That is why ...
seaports often have ... cities nearby. But ... cities like
New York needed more than their geographical location
in order to become ... great industrial centers. Their
development did not happen simply by ... chance.
About 1815, when many Americans from ... east
coast had already moved toward ... west, ... trade routes
from ... ports to ... central regions of ... country began
to be ... serious problem. ... slow wagons of that time,
drawn by ... horses or ... oxen, were too expensive for
moving ... heavy freight very far. ... Americans had
long admired ... Europe’s canals. In ... New York State
... canal seemed ... best solution to ... transportation
problem. From ... eastern end of ... Lake Erie all ... way
across ... state to ... Hudson River there is ... long strip
of ... low land. Here ... Erie Canal was constructed. Af­
ter several years of ... work it was completed in 1825.
... canal produced ... immediate effect. ... freight
lb5
costs were to about one-tenth of what they had been.
... New York City, which had been smaller than ... Phi­
ladelphia and ... Boston, quickly became ... leading
city of ... coast. In ... years that followed, ... transpor­
tation routes on ... Great Lakes were joined to ... routes
on ... Mississippi River. Then ... New York City became
... end point of ... great inland shipping system that ex­
tended from ... Atlantic Ocean far up ... western
branches of ... Mississippi.
... coming of ... railroads made ... canal shipping le§s
important, but it tied ... New York even more closely
to ... central regions of ... country. It was easier for...
people in ... central states to ship their goods to ... New
York for ... export overseas.
... exports from ... New York were greater than ...
imports. Consequently ... shipping companies were eager
to fill their ships with ... passengers on ... return trip
from ... Europe. ... passengers could come from ... Europe
very cheaply as ... result.
Thus ... New York became ... greatest port for receiv­
ing ... people from ... European countries. Many of these
people remained in ... city. ... others stayed in ... New
York for ... few weeks, months, or years, and then moved
to ... other parts of ... United States. For these great
numbers of ... new Americans New York had to provide
... homes, ... goods and ... services. Their labor helped
... city become great.
Г. Do you happen to know how the Moscow-Volga
canal was built? What is its importance for the economic
development of the country?
2. What other water routes and canals in the Soviet
Union do you know?
3. Have you ever travelled by boat? Speak of your
experience.
REVISION EXERCISES
* 131. Translate into English and retell the text.
1. Когда Монтанелли и Артур вошли в свою комнату
в отеле, они увидели, что растения, которые Артур соби­
рал во время их утренней прогулки в горах, уже начали
вянуть.
— Их надо было бы сразу поставить в воду, Артур,—
сказал Монтанелли с упреком.— Как ты мог забыть это
сделать?
— Сам не знаю, падре,— ответил Артур.— Мне не
надо было оставлять их так лежать. Должно быть, меня
что-то отвлекло, и я забыл о растениях.
— Надо их сейчас же рассортировать и засушить.
Если мы будем ждать, пока спадет жара, они могут к
этому времени совсем завянуть. Пойдем на террасу, там,
очевидно, не так жарко.
2. Монтанелли и Артур взяли растения, гербарий
Артура и лупу и, выйдя на террасу, погрузились в дис­
куссию на итальянском языке.
Два английских художника сидели на этой террасе;
один рисовал, а другой лениво болтал по-английски.
Видимо, ему не пришло в голову, что те двое итальянцев
могут понимать по-английски.
— Оставь свой ландшафт, Вилли,— сказал он,— и
лучше посмотри на итальянского юношу. Какой у него
вдохновенный вид! Он как будто сошел с какой-то старой
итальянской картины. Право же, если бы он держал в
поднятой руке крест, а не лупу, с него можно было бы
писать какого-нибудь первого христианина.
— Да,— сказал второй, пристально поглядев на
обоих.— Юноша, действительно, кажется сошедшим с
какой-то стариннной картины. Но у его отца еще более
живописный вид. Какое благородное и трагическое лицо!
— У кого?
167
— У его отца. Разве ты не видишь, как они похожи?
— Как ты можешь так говорить, Вилли. Разве ты
не видишь по его одежде, что это католический священ­
ник? Он не может быть его отцом.
— Вижу, ну и что из этого? Ах, да, я и забыл, что
священники католической церкви не могут вступать в
брак. Ну что же, будем великодушны и предположим,
что юноша не сын его. Может быть, он его племянник.
— Вот идиоты,— прошептал Артур.— Все же с их
стороны очень мило находить, что я похож на вас; я бы
хотел и в самом деле быть вашим племянником... Падре,
что с вами? Как вы побледнели! Вам помочь? Чем я могу
вам помочь?
— Нет, не надо.
Монтанелли встал, прижимая руку ко лбу.
— У меня кружится голова,— сказал он странно
слабым голосом. Мы, должно быть, слишком долго гу­
ляли сегодня утром. Мне не следовало оставаться так
долго на солнце. Я пойду и лягу. Это просто жара, боль­
ше ничего.
*132. Translate the text into English.
own way.
Develop the story in your
Мери Кочран вышла из дома, в котором она жила со
своим отцом, доктором Лестером Кочраном в семь часов
вечера в воскресенье. Был июнь тысяча девятьсот восьмо­
го года и Мери было восемнадцать лет. Она сказала сразу,
что идет в церковь, но не собиралась делать ничего по­
добного. Вечер был слишком прекрасным, подумала она,
для того, чтобы проводить его, сидя в душной церкви и
слушая, как каждый человек говорит о вещах ничего не
имеющих общего с ее собственными проблемами. Ее
собственные дела приближались к кризису и ей пора
было серьезно подумать о будущем.
Дело было в том, что накануне вечером, без предва­
рительного разговора, ее отец сказал ей, что у него
болезнь сердца, от которой он может умереть в любой
момент. Услышав это заявление, Мери побледнела и ее
рука задрожала. Доктор попытался успокоить ее.
— Ну, ну, не беспокойся,— сказал он неуверенно.—
Может быть, ничего не случится. Я был врачом тридцать
лет и знаю, что с болезнью сердца человек может про­
жить много лет. Я даже слышал, что лучший способ
обеспечить долгую жизнь — получить болезнь сердца.
168
Я сказал тебе о болезни по одной причине — я оставлю
мало денег и тебе надо начать строить планы на будущее.
133. Fill in the blanks with articles wherever necessary.
On Snobbery
... snobbery is not so common in England today as it
was at ... beginning of ... century. It still exists, however,
and ... advertisers know how to use it in order to sell their
goods.
...snob, ... dictionaries tell us, is ... person who pays
too much attention to ... social position or wealth. ... po­
pular newspapers know that many of their readers are ...
snobs. That is why they give them ... unimportant and
useless information about ... persons of ... high social
position, ... photographs of ‘Lady X and her friends’ at ...
ball, or ‘Lord Y and his friends’ at ... races.
It is ... snobbery that makes some men feel annoyed
when on ... envelopes of ... letters addressed to them, they
find ‘Mr’ before their names instead ‘Esq.’ after their
names. ... snobbery explains why many people give their
suburban house ... name, such as *... Oaks’, ’... Pines’,
*... Cedars’, ‘... Poplars’, even though there are no oak
trees, pine trees, cedar trees or poplar trees in their garden.
... people of ... high social position have ... country houses
with ... names, so ... house with ... name seems ‘better’
than ... house with ... number. ... numbers make ... post­
man’s work much easier, but that is not important.
... advertisers are very clever in their use o f ... snobbery.
... motor-car manufacturers, for example, advertise ...
colours of their cars as ‘Embassy Black’ or ‘Balmoral
Stone’. ... embassy black is ... plain, ordinary black, but
because ... embassy is ... official residence of ... ambassa­
dor, ... name suggests ... diplomats and all ... social
importance that surrounds them: ... Balmoral stone is ...
grey colour of ... ordinary stone, but ... Balmoral is also
... name of ... residence in Scotland of ... British royal
family.
Supplementary task.
Do you know any snobs? What can you say about them?
169
*134. F ill in the blanks with articles if necessary.
Zoos — Then and Now
... modern zoos are very different from ... zoos that were
built fifty years ago. At that time, ... zoos were places
where ... people could go to see ... animals from many
parts of ... world. ... animals lived in ... cages that were
made of ... concrete with ... iron bars, ... cages that were
easy to keep clean. Unfortunately for ... animals, ... cages
were small and impossible to hide in. ... zoo environment
was anything but natural. Although ... zookeepers took
good care of ... animals and fed them well, many o f^ ..
animals did not thrive; they often became ill, and they
behaved in ... strange ways.
In ... modern zoo, ... people can see ... animals in more
natural habitats. ... animals are given ... more freedom in
... larger areas so that they can live more as they would
in ... nature. Even ... appearance of ... zoos has changed.
... trees and grass grow in ... cages, and ... streams of ...
water flow through ... areas that ... animals live in. There
are ... few bars; instead, often only ... deep ditch, which
is called ... moat, surrounds ... area where several species
of ... animals live together as they would naturally. For
example, in ... San Diego Zoo, ... visitor can walk through
... huge cage which is filled with ... trees and many birds.
... cage, called ... aviary, is large enough so that ... birds
can fly around, make ... nests in ... trees, and hunt for ...
food. At ... Zoological Park in ... New York City, because
of ... special lights, ... people can observe ... nocturnal
animals that ... most people have never seen; these animals
are active only at ... night when ... most zoos are closed.
In ... zoo like ... Arizona—Sonora Desert M useum,... people
can see ... animals that live in ... special environments
like ... desert. A t ... other zoos ... visitors watch... animals
that live under ... water or ... animals that live in ... cold
polar surroundings.
... modern zoo not only displays ... animals for ...
visitors, but it also preserves and saves ... endangered
species. ... Endangered animals such as ... American bald
eagle and ... bison are now living and producing offsprings
in ... zoos. For this reason, fifty years from now ... grand­
children of today’s visitors will still be able to enjoy
watching these animals.
170
Supplementary tasks.
1. What is the main idea of the article?
2. What are the problems of the zoo in your native town?
3. When did you visit the zoo last? Speak about your imp­
ressions.
135. Fill in the blanks with articles if necessary.
In ... spring of 1840 ... political excitement was especi­
ally high in New York City. ... Democrats were more than
eager to re-elect Martin Van Buren as ... president.
In their enthusiasm, some of Van Baren’s friends in
New York organised ...club to further his political interests.
On March 23, ... secretary of this club placed ... announce­
ment in ... New York City paper about ... next meeting of
... organisation. This announcement began: “... Democratic
O .K .C lu b are hereby ordered to m eet...”
... political enemies o f ... Democrats at once pound upon
this mysterious “О. K. Club” and speculated much of what
О. K- might stand for. ... Democrats delighted that they
had their opponents baffled, for ... long time withheld
any explanation of ... mysterious abbreviation.
... Speculation once begun about О. K. went on for ...
little more than ... hundred years, during which time all
kinds of guesses were made about its origin and meaning
Then in July, 1941, ... American Professor came upon ...
solution to ... puzzle. And what ... simple one it was:
0 . K., he found, stood for “Old Kinderhook”. ... full name
of ... political club was "... Democratic Old Kinderhook
Club”, this name being adopted by way of honouring Van
Buren who had been born in Old Kinderhook, New York,
not far from Albany.
Supplementary tasks.
1. What does the abbreviation OK mean now?
2. What are the main political parties in the USA now
and what do you know about them?
KEY TO TH E E X ER C ISE S
Ex. 7. 1. the. 2. the. 3. the. 4. the. 5. the. 6. the, a, a, the.
7. the, the. 8. the, the. 9. the. 10. the, an. 11. the, the. 12. the,
the, a, a, the. 13. a, the. 14. the, the. 15. the, a, the. 16. the. 17.
the, the. 18. the, the. 19. the, a. 20. the. 21. the. 22. the, the, the.
23. the. 24. the, the.
Ex. 8. 1. the 2. the. 3. the. 4. the. 5. —. 6. the. 7. the. 8. —.
9. the. Ш. the. 11. the.
Ex. 9. 1. Maybe you could come around to my office some af­
ternoon next week. 2. He knew how the work at the station should
be done, and during the next few days he kept a suspicious eye on
his assistant. 3. Wait for me at the next station. 4. “I’ve been
working for the last twelve months,” he said, “but I can lose my
job any moment.” 5. As if under a spell, he stared at the deserted
food on the next table. 6. The last guests have just gone. 7. I’m
teaching a seminar next year in the art of cinema. 8. This was the
last straw and quite suddenly he began to laugh. 9. For the next
two days Carrie indulged in the most high-flown speculations.
10. Jane had a slight rise in temperature during the next week
and her pulse rate went up. 11. When Laura heard next morning
that Grant intended to go in to Scoone instead of spending the day
on the river, she was indignant. 12. When he had finished with the
last check, he threw down his pen and leaned back in his chair.
13. He was inthe theatre Saturday night for the last performance.
14. She decided to visit her mother in the country and would be
coming down to town the next day. 15. In the last years he had
taken to driving nine hundred, a thousand miles at a stretch.
Ex. 11. 1. the. 2. an. 3. the. 4. the. 5. an. 6 . —. 7. the. 8. the.
9. an. 10. the. 11. an. 12. the. 13.—, the. 14. an. 15. an. 16. an,
17. an. 18. an. 19. the. 20. the. 21. an. 22. —.
Ex. 13. 1. —. 2. —. 3. the. 4. the. 5. —, - . 6. the, the.
7. a. 8. the. 9. a,—, —. 10. the. 11. the, 12, a, 13, a. 14. the. 15. a.
16. a. 17. the, 18. the, the,
172
Ex. 14. 1. When the three Bronte sisters grew up they were
obliged to work as governesses, to earn their bread as they were
quite poor. 2. She inhaled the first whiff of her cigarette with
delight. 3. All those things we collected together in the clearing,
and as a first precaution, we cut down a number of thorny bushes.
4. George had been missing for ten days. 5. He put volume one
of the novel back in the bookcase. 6. He knew he should have a
third try. 7. He wrote a second novel. 8. On the second day when 1
met her again she looked rather attractive. 9. She put three spoon­
fuls of sugar into a second cup of tea. 10. For the first time I saw
that he was uncertain and worried. 11. For the first two days of
these five, she was in a state of shock. 12. For the first time she
faced the thought that she might never be wrell again. 13. At mid­
night Jan lay awake watching the two girls chatting to each other
with lowered voices.] 14. He walked into booth twenty-six and
extended his hand to Mr. Dilling, a man of his age. 15. I said that
in the first drive we took together when we climbed the hills and
looked down over the precipice.
Ex. 17. 1. the. 2. an, a, a. 3. the. 4. a. 5. the, the. 6. the. 7.
the. 8. a. 9. the. 10. —, the, the. 11. the. 12. an. 13. the. 14. the.
15. the. 16. the, a, the. 17. the. 18. the, the. 19. the. 20. the. 21. the.
22. a. 23. a. 24. —. 25. the, the. 26. the. 27. the. 28. the. 29. a, the.
30. a. 31. the. 32. the. 33. the.
Ex. 18. 1. Another frequent visitor to the house was Aneurin
Rees, the manager of the bank, a long dry bald-headed man whom
Andrew at first sight distrusted. 2. He was supposed to come with
me, but at the last minute he had to stay in New York. 3. When
the curtain came up and the first lines were uttered he had an odd
sensation. 4. I always thought her a most attractive girl. 5. Then
he told Brad about Virginia, about the letters, the phone calls, the
last crazy scene six weeks ago. 6. 1 suppose this is the most wonder­
ful moment in his whole life. 7. He was flattered, yet at the same
time irritated. 8. Virginia had smiled at him with exactly the
same smile she had given everybody else. 9. That is the only problem
1 cannot solve. 10. Everyone turned to the only woman in the room,
who was listening in silence to the discussion. 11. Monsieur Ehrenhardt seemed to be the right man in this situation. 12. He’s come
on another train. 13. I suppose in a few weeks you’ll be prancing
all around the mountains with Leonard and other walking patients.
14. Anna, the most important person in the family, silenced him
with an imperious gesture. 15. It was a most unpleasant talk for
all of them. 16. He looked down at the typed list of questions
Gail had given him, read once more the first question. 17. They can
all get out of the same door that we all got out of, 18. At the last
173
moment, Wadleigh saw him and straightened up and smiled at him,
19. Was it not the very opportunity of which Gladys spoke? 20.
‘‘He’s a most handsome young man, but he’s not clever enough,”
Magda thought of Bart when she first saw him at the railway sta­
tion. 21. It was the third or fourth time he had reprimanded her
since they had sat down at the desk together. 22. She opened an­
other door (a second dopr) and saw that it led into a passage. 23. I
thought you saw him last Tuesday.— No, but Г11 be seeing him
next Tuesday.
Ex. 21.1. the. 2. a. 3. a, a. 4. a. 5. a. 6. the. 7. a. 8. an. 9. the.
10. —, a, a , —, 11. the. 12. a. 13. the. 14. the. 15. a. 16. a. 17. a.
18. the. 19. a. 20. the. 21. the, the, the. 22. the, a.
Ex. 22. 1. He locked the door leading into the hall. 2. The boys
serving the cannon trundled it along at the head of the procession.
3. The quarter master pointed with his thumb to the woman stand­
ing by his side. 4. It was Virginia, a scarf over her head, in a furtrimmed grey coat. 5. We went along a broad, carpeted passage,
and then turned lejt. 6. He beard the murmur of a coming plane,
7. I stood by the iron gate leading to the garage and for a while
I could not enter. 8. Mrs. Van Hopper had a trained nurse, 9. He
looked up and saw a man standing in front of him. 10. Andrew
was a man endowed with supreme patience. 11. Then he followed
his unknown friend back to the lighted hall. 12. She looked at him
with a joking smile. 13. He sent her a note saying he was coming
back. 14. He looked around and saw a fifteen-year-old boy coming
towards him. 15. There was a depressing pause. 16. He went in
the direction indicated and soon found himself at Cameron’s.
17. Grant looked with interest at the pencilled words. 18. A red
neon sign flickered dimly, buzzing like a dying insect. 19. The
technicians and military men involved in the activity knew that a
test was under way — a test of what they had no idea. 20. At the
door leading to the veranda Bart read the words “Doctor Smith”.
Ex. 24. 1, —. 2. the, —. 3, — (the). 4. —. 5. a. 6. —, the.
7. a. 8. the. 9. a. 10. —. II. the. 12. —. 13. —. 14. a. 15. —. 16. an.
17. the, the, the. 18. the. 19. the. 20. a, a. 21. the. 22. the. 23. the,
the. 24. the.
Ex. 25. 1. A friend of Chilla’s father has a garage round
here. 2. He drew his chair closer to San’s bed and they talked
in whisper. 3. After a moment's pause the head waiter laughed too.
4. With him was another man, also in a black peasant’s smock and
the dark grey trousers that were almost a uniform in that pro­
vince, 5, A painter’s monument is his work, 6, Bart’s train got
174
into Central about half past five and he went to the servicemen’s
hostel. 7. She was ashamed to ask the girl to do servant’s work.
8. Jean, go and tell them they must take these things upstairs at
once. I can’t have this room looking like an old clothes* place.
9. Won’t you trust a woman’s instinct in the matter? 10. Generally
Scarlett was annoyed by the child’s presence, but he always be­
haved nicely in Rhett’s arms. 11. Jackson's situation was wretched.
He was unable to earn by his work and peddling sufficient food for
the family. He wasn't even given a watchman’s job. 12. The chap­
lain's wife who didn't like scandal of any kind had asked the Eng­
lishman to tel! Lispeth that he would come back to marry her.
13. 1 lit a cigarette to give myself a moment's time to think. 14. In
the Soviet Delegation’s communique it was stated that the rela­
tions between the two countries should be expanded on the basis
of equality and mutual benefit. 15. A shadow darkened Doreen’s
face. 16. It’s old man Challenger's show and we are here by his
good will. 17. They walked a mile’s distance and then sat on the
steps of a little building. 18. The house was furnished in extremely
good taste, with a judicious mixture of the antique and the modern,
and Michael was right when he said that it was quite obviously a
gentleman’s house. 19. The firm’s new model, Lancia Rally 0,37 is
a light and adequately powerful car. 20. “All right, all right,”
he said tiredly. “Anything for a quiet life.” 21. AIDS — acquired
immune deficiency syndrome —is caused by one or more viruses
which destroy the body's natural defences against infections.
22. What right do you have to go to the police and give the girl's
name, as if she were a thief, or a lost umbrella, or something? 23.
She stroked the girl’s head without looking down at her. 24. Where
is yesterday's newspaper?
Ex. 27. 1. a.
2. —, the. 3. the. 4. the. 5. a. 6. the. 7. the. 8.a
9. the. 10. a. 11. the. 12. the. 13. the, a. 14. the. 15. the.
Ex. 28. 1. the. 2. the. 3. a. 4. the. 5. the. 6. —. 7. a, a. 8. the.
9. a. 10. the, a. 11. the. 12. the. 13. the. 14. a, a, a, the. 15. the,
the. 16. the. 17. the.
the.
the.
25.
the,
Ex. 30. 1. a,
a. 2. a. 3. the. 4. a. 5. the. 6. the, a. 7. a. 8.a
9. a. 10. the. 11. a, a. 12. a. 13. a. 14. the. 15. a, a, a. 16. the,
17. a. 18. a. 19. a, a. 20. the. 21. a. 22. a. 23. the. 24. a.
the. 26. a. 27. the. 28. a, the. 29. a, a. 30. the. 31. a, the, the,
a. 32. the, a. 33. an. 34. a. 35. the.
Ex. 32. 1. When they had eaten the canned apricots with which
the meal finished Chink brought them a cup of tea. 2. The sandy
edge of the pool loomed up like a hillside. 3. He is a man of great
curiosity, 4, May is a month of great contrasts in temperature.
175
5. “1 simply sat, enjoying the sight of Jane,” said Marry. 6. She
poured him a cup of coffee and handed him a can of condensed
milk. 7. He was a man of over seventy. 8. She shot him a look of
hatred. 9. The feeling of grief distorted his handsome face. 10. They
rode a distance of several miles. 1 i. He was a boy of nineteen years
old, six feet two inches tall, and hard of muscle. 12. He gave me a
stare of amazement. 13. He wore a suit of excellent grey cloth
but not too well fitting. 14. In a moment a crowd of excited natives
came running to the scene, and their shouting speedily carried
the glad news to the village. 15. He made a gesture of impatience.
16. He is a young man of tact. 17. A feeling of resentment rose in
him. 18. The houses look as if they had just had a coat of paint.
19. When Roy asked the author of a flattering review to lunch it
was because he was sincerely grateful to him for his good opinion,
and when he asked the author of an unflattering one it was because
he was sincerely concerned to improve himself. 20. Springvale was
at a distance of three miles from the village, so it would take him a
lot of time to get there to see Jane every day. 21. When later he
wrote of the middle classes he sincerely believed that they were the
backbone of the country. 22. Just then the noise of the horses
topped the rise and four of five riders came in sight in the moon­
light. 23. Doubtfully Ralph laid the small end of the shell against
his mouth and blew. 24. When he announced the date of his sailing
she couldn't contain her joy. 25. “That was only a manner of speak­
ing, Mr. Wicks,” he said. 26. If you hate the thought of getting
back into the car, I can go on to Scoone with your letter and pick
you up on the way back.
Ex. 37. 1. the. 2. a, the. 3. the. 4. the. 5. a. 6. a. 7. the. 8. the.
9. a, the. 10. —, —. 11. a, a. 12. the. 13. the. 14. —. 15. the. 16.
the, the. 17. a. 18. the. 19. a. 20. the, the. 21. a, the. 22. the. 23. a.
24. a. 25. the. 26. the, the, a. 27. a. 28. the. 29. a. 30. the.
Ex. 38. 1. It was a story I couldn't confide to anybody. 2. It
was not the axiom he wanted. 3. That was a phrase he might omit.
4. I'm thinking of you and of a hotel in Madrid where I know some
Russians and of a book I will write some time. 5. I know an Ameri­
can woman who furnished apartments and rented them. 6. Do you
like children, Mrs. Blake? —How can I answer such a question?—
Could it be a question that you don’t wish to answer? 7. There are
apartments there that face on the park, and you can see all of the
park through the windows. 8. There is a way that they could do the
job all right. 9. Robert Jordan said nothing until they reached'the
meadow where the horses were staked out and fed. 10. You had to
trust the people you worked with completely or not at all, and you
had to make decisions about the trusting. 11, Of the five men,
176
who had reached the hilltop three were wounded. 12. He did not
look at the man he was speaking of. 13. Looking down at her face
he imagined the faint quivering of her lips like a child that
is apprehensive of hurt. 14. She had brown shining hair. 15. Belle
Watiing was the red-haired woman she had seen on the street the
first day she came to Atlanta. 16. She gave the man who was sitting
in the chair by the window an indifferent glance. 17. You have no
family but a brother who goes to battle tomorrow. 18. The weather
is a thing that is beyond me altogether. 19. He was not interested
in the news we had given him. 20. He may have seen the two wo­
men who were walking along the glen. 21. Cristine who stood beside
me said, “This is shameful.” 22. Jane smiled and stretched out
lazily on the couch to which the table had been drawn up. 23.
I wish you to go with Anselmo to a place from which he can see
the road. 24. Berta looked at a card that had some names and
figures scribbled on it. 25. She has an opportunity which may be off­
ered to very few of us.
Ex. 40. 1. a. 2. —. 3. the. 4. an. 5. a. 6. the. 7. an. 8. the.
9. an. 10. the. 11. an.
Ex. 41. 1. the, the, the. 2. a. 3. the, the. 4. the, the, the, the,
a. 5. the. 6. the. 7. the. 8. the, a, the. 9. the. 10. the, a. 11. the.
12. the, the. 13. the, a, the, a, a. 14. a, the, the. 15. the, —, —, —.
16. the, the. 17. the, the, the. 18. the, the, the, the. 19. a. 20. the,
the, the. 21. the. 22. a. 23. the. 24. the, the. 25. the. 26. the. 27. the,
the. 28. an, the, the, a, the. 29. a. 30. the, a, the. 31. the. 32. a.
33. the, a, a, a, a. 34. an, a, a, a, a. 35. a. 36. the, the. 37. the,
the, the. 38. the, a, a. 39. the. 40.
41. the. 42. the. 43. the,
the, the. 44. a, —. 45. the, the, the, —, —, a, a. 46. the, a, a, a, a.
47. the. 48. the, the. 49. a, a, a. 50. the. 51. the. 52. a, the, the, the.
53. the. 54. the. 55. the. 56. an. 57. the, the. 58. the, the. 59. the,
a, an, a, the. 60. the. 61. the, the, a, a. 62. a, a. 63. the, the. 64.—,
—, —. 65. a, the, the. 66. —, —.
Ex. 42.1 a, Z a, a, —, an, a, the, the, Z a, —, the, —, —, —,
the, Z —, the, the, the, a, —, the, a, the, the, a, Z —, the, the,
the, —, a, the, —, Z the, the, a, —, a, —, Z the, the, —, a, —,
the, a.
Ex. 43. 1. the. 2. the. 3. the. 4. the. 5. the. 6. the, the. 7. the,
the. 8. the. 9. the. 10. the. 11. the. 12. the. 13. —, —.14. the/the.
15. —. 16. the. 17. the. 18. —. 19. the. 20. the, the. 21. the. 22.‘the.
23. —. 24. —. 25. the. 26.
the, the, the.
27. the. 28.the,t
the. 30. the. 31. the. 32.
the.
1 Z — the sign of a new paragraph.
177
Ex. 44.
, Z —, —, a, the, Z the, the, the, the, Z a, the.
Ex. 45. 1. The proletariat in Russia headed the revolution in
1917. 2. Ernest took advantage of every opportunity to expose the
brutality of the capitalists and their exploitation of the workers.
3. He always showed a great interest in the culture not only of the
Persians but also of the Turks, Armenians, Arabs, Georgians. 4.
“The Nazis will stop at nothing—I repeat, at nothing,” he said.
5. No man born of woman can live in such conditions. 6. If the tree
is rotten it shall be cut down and cast into the flames. 7. 1 left
for the villa where the British had their hospital. 8. I trust he is
one of the aristocracy. 9. For the Americans the war was a military
expedition for noble goals. 10. Never and nowhere was woman so
independent as in the Soviet Union. 11. The Georgians are famous
for their hospitality. 12. The Catholics are always trying to find
out if you are a Catholic. 13. The artist is the creator of beautiful
things. 14. The woman is correctly called the soul of the family.
Many of the finest human qualities are fostered within the family.
15. The English are said to be very conservative. 16. The full
text of the agreement soon became known to the press. 17. In other
places where she applied only the experienced were required. 18. In
the struggle for existence, as I have shown, the strong and the pro*
geny of the strong tend to survive, while the weak and the progeny
of the weak are crushed and tend to perish. 19. At that time the
department store was in its earliest form of successful operation
and there were not many of them. 20. A cost-of-living survey has
provided hard evidence that the rich are getting richer and the
poor poorer in the capitalist countries. 21. The Malays are shy
and very sensitive.
Ex. 46. —, a, the, the, the, —, a, —, —, the, —, —, the, a,
—, Z a, —, —, a, the, a, —, —, —, Z a, the, a, the, an, Z the, the,
a, the, the, —, the, an, —, —, the, an, a.
Ex. 47. 1. Sometimes the novelist feels himself like god and
is prepared to tell you everything about his characters. 2. As far
as she could see the beach and the sea and the sky were all grey.
3. The girls ordered Cokes and I—a beer. 4. He came in with tea
in a brown pot. The Ceylon tea, very strong, with milk and sugar
in it took her back to days she thought she had forgotten. 8. I
thought you’d disappeared from the face of the earth. 6 . 1 invented
a machine which divided the nut and scooped out the meat. 7. How
clever of you to rout the helpless and the widow and the orphan
and the ignorant! But if you must steal, Scarlett, why not steal
from the rich and strong instead of the poor and weak? 8. Bart
lifted the lid from the billy and poured the tea into the water
178
setting it back on the fire. 9. I dwelt in pleasure as a fish fives in
water. 10. He pulled down the thick green shades and the darkness
fell on the store. 11. Oil is thicker than water. 12. The silence irri­
tated Shelton. 13. He glowed inwardly with a satisfaction which
seemed to melt his shyness. 14. The church condones the frightful
brutality with which the capitalist class treats the working class.
15. Nevertheless, the Americans did, in spite of ail the doubts and
fears, elect him president. 16. There was jealousy in the lad’s heart,
and a fierce, murderous hatred of the stranger who, as it seemed to
him, had come between them. 17. Now that I was away from the
noise and the stiffness of the buildings the silence and the emptiness
enveloped me. 18. They found a taxi and he admired the grace
with which she raised her arm to hail the taxi. 19. She must not
mention ТВ, she was there for bronchial trouble. She remembered
it. It was like pouring salt on a wound to remember. 20. The public
honours the memory of US war losses—-the total number of the
dead was 400,000. 21. Jan spread butter on slices of fresh bread and
sliced tomatoes. 22. I hoped for more courageous conduct from you.
I thought the Irish said what they thought. 23. I’m going to sing
on the radio and make heaps of money. 24. His apologetic laugh
did not disguise the pleasure that he felt. 25. “Have you ever
thought about the future?” he asked me. 26. Davidson’s voice
trembled with excitement. 27. His hall was panelled in black oak.
28. It was inactivity that gnawed at him; he was not a man of
idleness. 29. The two of them were the best actors in the world.
30. The two ladies looked at each other again, this time with a
tinge of embarrassment. 31. He had not imagined that a woman
would dare to speak so to a man.
Ex. 54. 1. the. 2. the, —, the, —. 3. —, —, —. 4. —, the.
5. —, the. 6. the. 7. —. 8. —. 9. —, —. 10. —, —. 11. —. 12. —,
—. 13. the, —. 14. —. 15. —. 16. —. 17. the. 18. —. 19. the. 20.
the, the, the, the, the, the.
Ex. 55. a, —, a, a, Z a,
the, the, Z a, —, a, —, —, —,
the, Z —, —i —-| —i Z —, the,—, —, —, —, —, —, Z —,
,
Z — t — Z a, —,
•
Ex. 56. 1. Sitting on the veranda Bart could hear the tinkl­
ing of china, the rattling of silver. 2. None of them had eaten bread
for ten years. 3. The cool water refreshed him after his long sleep.
4. She wore a necklace of corals set in silver. 5. Did you ever get
the tobacco I sent? 6. Jane and John were walking hand in hand
through the slush and mud. 7. The delicious smell of frying chicken,
filled the flat, 8. When the soup was finished he turned round to the
179
fire and lit a cigar. 9. I filled the bath with cold water. 10. Leaves
lay on the surface of the water. 11. She made herself a coffee. 12#
Mable was knitting something of thick red wool. 13. “Diet?” she
thought. “When I am sixty I shall let myself go. I shall eat all
the bread and butter I like.” 14. In front of Beatrice was a plate
of butter, a pot of strawberry jam, coffee and a jug of cream. 15. Her
words hung in the quiet room like fog over water. 16. It doesn’t mat­
ter if a will is written in ink or typed, does it? 17. She drank strong
black coffee, spreading butter over a slice of stale bread. 18. The
roofs and the ground were covered with snow. 19. Janice followed
her with a cup of warm milk and took her temperature. 20. He came
to the end of his provisions and lived on fish and coconuts.
Ex. 63. the, —, the, —, —, Z —, —, Z a, a, Z a, a, —, Z
a, Z a, the, the, —, Z —, the, —, Z —, —, a, Z —, — (the), —,
Z —, —, —, —, —, , Z —
—, —, , —
—, —, —, Z —i , the, —,
—, the, Z a, Z a, a.
Ex. 67. 1. —. 2. — —, —, —, a. 3. the, —, a. 4. the, a, —,
—. 5. the, the. 6. the, the. 7. —, —, the. 8. a. 9. a, the. 10. the,
—. 11. the. 12. —, the, the, —. 13. —, —, the, —, —, —, —.
14. —, —, —, —. 15. the. 16. an, —. 17. a. 18. a. 19. an. 20. a.
21. a. 22. the. 23. —, —, —. 24. —. 25. —. 26. —, —. 27. —. 28. a,
—, —, —. 29. —. 30. —, —, —. 31. a. 32. a. 33. —, a, a. 34. the,
the. 35. the, —. 36. the, the, the. 37. the. 38. a. 39. the, the. 40#
the, the.
Ex. 68. —, a, —, a, a, —, an, Z —, —, —, an, —, —, —, the.
Ex. 69. 1. Silence made him nervous. 2. It was his mother.
She couldn’t hide the anxiety in her voice. 3. He didn’t like the
politeness with which she treated you. 4. Necessity was forcing
him through a more rapid acquisition of the language than seemed
possible. 5. It is strange that you should expect to find comfort
here. 6. Kitty had the impression that he was speaking from a
long way off. 7. By the time he reached the house the anger had
evaporated, but the fear was still there. 8. He had to leave Boston.
A depression had swept over him. 9. Despair gave her courage and
she uttered the speech she had evidently prepared. 10. I was im­
pressed with the calm of this woman. 11. He had a patience which
amazed everybody. 12. It is a bitter truth to which most of us
have to resign ourselves. 13. He was uncomfortable in the presence
of this man. 14. There was a tenderness in his voice that moved
her. 15. May you be happy in the life you have chosen! 16. Her
face had a calmness that was new to her. 17. Her dislike was evident
in the coldness with which she spoke, but Charlie only smiled,
180
18. Fear gripped him. 19. She turned and looked at him. Her eyes
were calmer now, only contempt showing in them. 20. How quickly
the unimaginable became the practical reality. 21. Nothing seemed
to surprise him. Perhaps he had seen too much of the unexpected
ever to be startled again. 22. He kept low to the ground and alert,
listening for the unusual. 23. Ashley can’t look forward any more.
He can’t see the present, he fears the future, and so he looks back.
24. She was gay and talkative as in the past. 25. I knew that the
future was going to be full of pain for me. 26. I’ll have to be more
careful in future.
Ex. 72. —, —, —, Z the, the, the, —, Z a, —, Z —, a, a, a,
—, —, a, a, —, —, Z the, the, Z a, a, a, —, the, Z the, a, —, Z
a, a,
a, •—, —
—,
Ex. 74. 1. the, the, the. 2. the, the. 3. the, a, an. 4. the, the,
a. 5. a, a. 6. a. 7. the. 8. the. 9. the. 10. a. 11. the, the. 12. a. 13. the,
the. 14. the. 15. the. 16. the. 17. the, the. 18. the. 19. the, the.
Ex. 75. 1. It was Sunday afternoon and the sun, which had
been shining now for several hours, was beginning to warm the
earth. 2. They are the most ungrateful people in the world. 3. The
sky pressed down like a metal dome from horizon to horizon. 4. A
sharp wind had sprung up and she was cold. 5. He could see the
moon through the trees. 6. The air under the trees seemed oppressive.
7. This night the sky was overcast and the moon could not be
seen. Michael took along a pocket flashlight to light their way.
8. The moon sank behind the hill. 9. The open air and the rest
began to have a positive effect on his health. 10. The children were
asleep; the last of the winter winds blew in gusts outside the windows
of their bedroom. 11. The child stopped and looked at a silver
plane circling high in the sky. 12. Although the sun had set, the
heat hung heavy in the narrow street. 13. On the eastern horizon a
star was shining.
Ex. 76. 1. the, the, the. 2. the. 3. the, a, —,the. 4. an, a.
5. —, the. 6. a, a, the. 7. —, a, —. 8. the, the.
9. —. 10. the,an
the. 11. a, the, the, the, the, the. 12. the, the. 13. —. 14. a, a.
15. the, the, the, the, the, the, the, the, the. 16. the, —• 1 7 .—.
18. the, a, a. 19. the, the, the, —. 20. the, the, a. 21. —, the. 22.
the, the. 23. —, —. 24. the, the. 25. —. 26. the, the, a. 27. the,
the, the, the, the, the, the, the, the. 28. —, a. 29. the, the. 30. a, a.
31. the. 32. the, the. 33. —, the. 34. —, the, —, —, —, the, —, —.
Ex. 78. 1. a. 2. the. 3. —. 4. the. 5. the. 6. —. 7. — (the).
8. an. 9. the. 10. the, an. 11. the. 12. —, —, a,
—.13. —. 14.—.
15. the. 16. the. 17. a. 18. a. 19. a. 20. the. 21.
—,22. —, 23.
181
24. —. 25. a. 26. a, a, a. 27. an. 28. —. 29. the. 30. —. 31. a, a.
Ex. 79. 1. Paul Drake, head of the Drake Detective Agency,
was sitting in his armchair waiting for Mason. 2. It is an accident
which might have happened to anybody. 3. “Tony,” said Oliver,
“let Doctor Patterson finish what he has to say.” 4. Robert Shannon,
a little Irish orphan, lived in the family of his uncle. 5. Ellie was
the daughter of a prosperous farmer and had brought a good dowry
with her. 6. She smiled sweetly. “You were always a gentleman,
Michael.” 7. Newton became a fellow of the Royal Society, the
leading scientific society in Britain. 8. Balzac, the famous French
novelist, often told his friends that he could tell anybody's char­
acter by his or her handwriting. 9. I am Anthony Anderson, the
man you wrant. 10. I think he will get that teaching job back if
he’s man enough. 11. One of my readers had read a book of mine
and had written to me about it. 12. The girl he loved was Laura
Merton, the daughter of a retired Colonel. 13. I was fool enough
to ask her to live here. 14. Her father, Professor Shron, died this
year. 15. Lady Rivet was slim and very well-dressed. 16. She is
wife of the hotel manager. 17. “What would Uncle Reed say to you
if he were alive?” she asked. 18. The sculptor Anderson was lighting
up his pipe and for the moment that seemed to him the most important
thing in all the world. 19. My father was minister of a tiny parish
away up in the Cavingorus, a little village. 20. He is believed to
be a stockbroker. 21. My daughter is considered a great scholar.
22. “Doctor,” said Major Sinclair, “you certainly must come to us
for Christmas.”
Ex. 80. 1. —, —. 2. a, a. 3. an. 4. —, —. 5. a. 6. a. 7. —,
—. 8. —. 9. a. 10. a. 11. —, —. 12. —, —. 13. a. 14. —. 15. —,
—. 16. —, —. 17. the, —, —. 18. the. 19. the. 20. the, an. 21. —.
22. —, —, —. 23. — (the). 24. —.
Ex. 81. 1. I heard the voice of this man years ago when he
was head of the gang. 2. She was the best cook on the Isla nd. 3. James
stood on the pavement in horror. He was trembling from head to
foot. 4. O’Donnel was chief of surgery and also president of the
hospital’s medical board. 5. I have some friends out there, whom I
visit from time to time in the summer. 6. What friends they were!
7. His career as a schoolteacher ended in 1911 by the illness. 8. “I’d
sooner not speak about him, dad,” he said at last. 9. For many years
Newton served as President of the Royal Society. 10. She was
married to Sir Max Mallowan, the well-known archeologist. 11. I
continued to see Irene from time to time. 12. He turned restlessly
from side to side but sleep wouldn’t come. 13. “You treated me as
a child so long," said Lucy slowly. 14, “What a funny thing,"
182
said Mrs. Van Hopper, as we went upstairs inthe lift. 15. I*ve
travelled from town to town looking for freedom. 16.We demanded
that Doctor Manson should resign. 17. Academician Petrov was
the most experienced Т. B. specialist. 18. I respect you very much,
doctor, and I should be sorry if you thought ill of me.
Ex. 85. a, —, a, an, a, —, Z —, —, the, —, Z a, a, a, the,
a, Z a, a, a, Z the, —, —, —, —, the, the, an, Z the, an, —, —, a,
—, a, Z the, the, the, —, —, —, the, the, the, the, the, —, the,
—, Z the, the, a, —, the, —, Z a, the, the, the, a, the, —, the,
—, the, —, Z the, the, a, the, a, —, the, the, Z a, —, the, the, a, a,
the, the, the, the, —, Z the, a, the, the, a, the, Z the, the, —, the,
Z —, —, —, —, the, a, a, Z the, the, the, a, a, Z —, the, the,
a, the, Z the, a, a, a, a, the, Z the, the, the, —, —, —, Z the, an,
a, a, —, —, Z —, —.
Ex. 86. 1. —, —, the. 2. —. 3. — 4.
the. 8. the. 9. — (the). 10. the. 11. the.
—, 13. the (—). 14. the. 15. the. 16. —. 17.
the. 21. a. 22. —, —, —, —. 23. a. 24. —
the. 5. an. 6. the. 7.
12. the, —, the, the,
—. 18. —. 19. —. 20.
(the). 25. the.
Ex. 87. 1. During the summer I met my schoolmate frequent­
ly. 2. “It was late autumn when she wrote to me,” he said. 3. They
were to marry at the very beginning of spring. 4. The previous
summer Sarah moved to the country. 5. The summer Susanne spent
with Larry was the happiest time in her life. 6. I suppose you know
Larry has been in Sanary all the winter. 7. You see, I am going to
join my uncle’s firm in the autumn. 8. It was early spring when
they arrived in Odessa. 9. What a dreary summer lies ahead of us.
10. The winter was cold that year. 11. During the winter the average
temperature was minus 10°. 12. Outside the hospital the citizens
of Burlington suffered from a terribly hot summer. 13. But really,
it seems rather absurd that I shouldn’t see my own work, especially
as I am going to exhibit it in Paris in the autumn. 14. The winter
was near at hand, she had no clothes and now she was out of work.
15. In the summer of 1985 she won the competition.
Ex. 91. 1. the, —. 2. —, the. 3. —, the, the. 4. —. 5. —. 6. —.
7. —. 8. —. 9. —. 10. the. 11. —, the. 12. —. 13. —. 14. the. 15.
—, —, the. 16. —. 17. the. 18. the. 19. the. 20. a. 21. a. 22. the.
23. the. 24. the. 25. the. 26. the, the. 27. —. 28. — the. 29. an, an.
30. the. 31. —. 32. —. 33. —. 34. the. 35. the. 36. —, the. 37. —.
38. —. 39. —
. 40. the, the. 41. the, the, the. 42. —, 43. the.
Ex. 92. 1. Come. There’s no time to waste. We must return
before daybreak. 2. “There never had been such a lovely day,” Jan
thought, as she slowly walked along the veranda to meet Doreen.
183
3. “Sleep through the day,” Scarlett muttered to Tom. “Travel at
night.” 4. The morning after the bridge party Mrs. Van Hopper
woke with a sore throat. 5. At night the back porch looked even
more terrifying. 6. Toward noon they came on the beach. 7. He
telephoned Andrew’s apartment in Virginia repeatedly throughout
the night. 8. I went to the window, opened the curtains. It was a
warm spring day. 9. He was in no hurry to get there, for he had
all night. 10. Toward morning Jane wakened with a nightmare
horror pressing down upon her. 11. It was about ten o’clock at
night. 12. When I was your age you couldn’t drag me out of bed on
a morning like this. 13. The night seemed very quiet, 14. At sun­
rise Bart slipped quietly out of the room. 15. I think about you
night and day. 16. All day and all night it snowed and the city
began to suffer from a general blockade of traffic. 17. It was a
warm afternoon. 18. I’m going to bed. I’ve had a difficult day.
19. Eva was wearing the same loose long black gown she had worn
the day Michael had arrived. 20. You remind me of the evening I
saw you first. 21. Tom left them late at night. The night was still
and starry. 22. The next morning Bart went to see Dr. Loide. 23. I’ll
never in my life be able to forget the morning when Helen knocked
at my door, soaked to the skin and shivering, and said you had
locked her out. 24. The day was extremely hot. 25. She hadn’t seen
him for more than a month, not since the night they had driven to
New York. 26. Day and night I want to know where you are. 27. I
want to see you tomorrow morning. 28. She went to the forest
every morning soon after sunrise. 29. He goes off duty at midnight.
30. When she awoke at eight the next morning Hanson had gone.
31. She hadn’t dressed yet for the evening ahead of her, but was
sitting with him in her work clothes, slacks and a sweater.
Ex. 95. 1. —, —. 2. a. 3. the. 4. a. 5. —. 6. the. 7. —. 8. a.
9. a. 10. —. 11. —. 12. a. 13. the. 14. —. 15. —. 16. a. 17. the.
18. —. 19. an. 20. —. 21. a. 22. the. 23. —. 24. a. 25. —.
Ex. 96. 1. That was the old banqueting hall in the old days.
It is used still on great occasions, such as a big dinner, or a ball.
2. Think of the enormous breakfast you ate. 3. The beauty of the
morning tempted him to leave the hotel soon after breakfast.
4. She and Walter were invited to a dinner. 5. Sarah didn’t say
a word during the dinner. She merely stood there watching me.
6. She began to dress for the dinner to which she had been invited.
7. They did not return home till nine o'clock, when they had a
light supper. 8. “Send Sheila Webb in to me.” “She’s not back
from lunch yet, Miss Martindale.” 9. I was hungry. It was time for
dinner. 10. I’ll give you a native dinner. My wife is a wonderful
cook. 11, Good-bye, I shall be late for lunch if 1 stop any longer,
184
12. “Here they are at last!” she cried, “Just in time for tea.” 13.
When they had all sat down to tea, Mrs. March said: “I have a
nice surprise for you, after tea.” 14. At breakfast Jan scarcely
touched the tea-tray with her meal. 15. Over dinner they talked
about the wedding. 16. She heard Carrie say that Hurstwood was
not coming home to dinner. 17. I don’t forgive you for being late
for dinner. 18. After dinner she sat down to write a letter. 19. I have
not noticed that the dinner is any different from usual. 20. If
you have an evening free, give me a ring and I’ll cook you a dinner.
21. At dinner I ate very quickly and left for the hospital. 22. We
went down in the lift, not talking, and so out to the terrace, where
the tables were laid for breakfast. 23. “We had a dinner last night,”
said Fleur. 24. At last the boy came back and asked me if I would
dress for dinner. 25. I am going to treat you to the best supper in
town.
Ex. 97. 1. —, a, the, Z the, the, —, —, a, —, Z a, —, a,
Z —. 2. —, a, Z —, a, the, Z — , Z a.
Ex. 98. —, the, an, an, the, —, Z —, —,
, —, the, the
—, — Z —, the, the, a, the, —, an, a, the, the, —, —, the, —, —,
—, —, —, —, the, Z —, the, the, a, —, —, a, —, the, the, the, the,
a, the ,—, the, the, —, —, a, —, —, an, the, the, the, Z the, —, —,
—, a, —, —, —, —, —, —, —, the, a, a, the, the, the, the, —, —,
—, —, the, the, the, the, —, the, the, Z —, —, the, the, the, the,
—, —, —, —, a, the, the.
Ex. 102. the, —, a, Z a, the, —, a, Z the, —, —, —, —, —, a,
—, the, —, the, —, —, the, —, Z —, a, —, an, —, —, Z an, the,
a,
the, the, Z —, —, —, the, *—, — —, —, —
—, Z the, —, ——
,
—, —, the, —, —, Z the, a, a,
a, —, —, an, the, the, the, the,
a, —, a,
•
Ex. 103. 1. —. 2. a. 3. a. 4. the. 5. —. 6. —. 7. a. 8. —. 9. a.
10. a. 11. —. 12. the. 13. —, —, —, —. 14. the. 15. the. 16. —.
17. a. 18. —. 19. a. 20. the. 21. a. 22. a. 23. —. 24. —. 25. —.
26. —. 27. —. 28. —. 29. the. 30. a, a.
Ex. 105. the, the, a, —, the, an, the, —, the, the, the, Z a, —
“ ■, the,
the, ■ ,
, the,
, the, a,
, a,
,
>
the, the,
Z a, ——, ~ , a,
~—, the,
the, Z the, a, a.
Ex. 106. 1. The doctor said it was appendicitis and she ought
to be operated on. 2. Billy, who looked pale, complained that he had
a headache and went upstairs and lay down, 3, Your son came
185
to us because of kleptomania. 4. In actuality Dick was sick with the
flu. 5. I’m simply tired and have earache. 6. Perhaps the tuberculo­
sis he has doesn't come from the dust. 7. “Are you ready for the
reception?” “I’m sorry, but I have liver trouble.” 8. Naturally, I
realize the pleurisy she suffers from will prevent her from start*
ing to work by the end of October. 9. The surgeon was operating
for suspected cancer in the intestinal tract. When he reached the
affected area he decided the cancer was inoperable. 10. All the
workers had starved to death, except one, Chaginsky, who was in
hospital with scurvy. 11. It was early summer, when Julia decided
to go to the country house. But Roger had a sore throat and they
had to put off their trip. 12. George got out his banjo after supper
and wanted to play it, but Harris objected. He said he had got a
headache. 13. She's very sick now. She’s got pleurisy. 14. I rang
up her doctor, who came round at once and diagnosed the usual
influenza. 15. One day I happened to have a cold and didn’t know
it and swam in the canal. 16. Toward the end of July a sharp
outbreak of chickenpox began among the natives. 17. There is
evidence of the heart attack three years ago—an old infarct which
has healed. 18. He died of pneumonia today in the hospital. 19. By
the time I passed him I was limping noticeably. He looked at me
sympathetically and asked: “You, too?” “Just a sprain,” I answer­
ed. 20*. I had caught a cold on the plane and was sniffing and run­
ning a fever when we landed.
Ex. 109. 1. —, —. 2. —. 3. a, a, —. 4. —. 5. —. 6. a, —.
7. —. 8. a. 9. the. 10. a. 11. —. 12. —. 13. the. 14. —. 15. the,
a. 16. —. 17. —. 18. the, a. 19. —. 20. —. 21. —. 22. —. 23. a.
24. the. 25. the. 26. the. 27. the. 28. —. 29. a. 30. —. 31. the.
32. —.
Ex. 110. 1. The school was in a residential part of town,
to the North and East of the business centre. 2. Did you happen to
notice where the Catholic church is? Do all go to church in Eng­
land? 3. It was night. The sea was as smooth as glass. 4. They are
both at school. 5. Jan looked at the girls around her in the ward.
Almost all of them were confined to bed and were not allowed to
walk. Some of them had been in bed for several years. 6. I headed
south, leaving the town, where, I realized now, I had been happy
for more than five years. 7. She flew to New York and he was too
lazy to meet her. 8. She has never been inside of a church. 9. Jan
said to herself: “No one will ever make me go into a hospital like
this again.” 10. His father walked around the house slowly* and
quietly, like a man who had just come out of hospital after a major
operation. 11. When he was dressed, he sat down on the bed and
186
waited for his wife. 12. I was only eighteen when I came out here.
I came straight from school. 13. Did I ever tell you I went to danc­
ing school when I was a boy? 14. But if Brenatskis had not come,
Hugo would have had to spend the night in the prison. 15. She
has come to town to do shopping. 16. I am afraid you might miss
the last train. You’d better stay in town. 17. There is a hospital
just a couple of streets away. 18. The day came when I had to go
back to school. 19. There was never enough money around the house.
Therefore he did not go to college. 20. “What do you plan to do?”—
“First,” I said, “leave town.” 21. “One can’t see the sea from heref”
1 said turning to Mrs. Danvers. 22. The school was built on a hill
and he could see the Hudson river below him. 23. He goes to night
school. 24. They decided to go to the sea for the week-end.
Ex. 113. 1. the, the 2. —. 3. —. 4. —. 5. —. 6. the. 7. the.
8. —. 9. the. 10. —. 11. —. 12. —. 13. —. 14. —. 15. —. 16. —, —.
17.
is. —. 1 9 . —. 20. —. 21. —. 22. the, —, —. 23. —. 24. —.
25. —. 26. the, —. 27. the, —. 28. a. 29. —. 30. —. 31. —. 32. the.
33. —. 34. —. 35. —. 36. —. 37. the, the. 38. —.
Ex. 114. 1. I go to the movies very seldom. 2. He caught the
tailor by telephone that night and ordered another suit. 3. Under
the circumstances I think they are entitled to know exactly what
happened. Take a sheet of paper and write everything in detail. 4.
Kitty who had been standing on deck and looking at the river went
into her cabin. 5. “I’m in Paris on business,” I said, “I am awfully
busy.” 6. Tomorrow, I decided, I would go to Washington by bus.
7. “We have a poker game on Saturday night.” “You still play
poker?” 8. John was hard at work. 9. Was that cardigan knitted
by hand? 10. When he came into the room, the daughter of the
host was playing the violin. 11. She was nearsighted, but out of
vanity didn’t wear her glasses except when she was working or
reading or going to the movies. 12. I got to the airport early, by
taxi. 13. She stood by the taxi talking with somebody. 14. Still,
you didn’t guess that I was an American by birth. 15. She was con­
vinced that Hugo played soccer for a living. 16. Let us go to the
cinema to-night. 17. Roy ceased playing cricket a good many years
ago. 18. I hadn’t been on duty when she came in so I had no idea
which room she had been visiting. 19. She took me by the hand and
led to the house. 20. 1 thought you’d gone to play golf. 21. It
seemed that Dr. Vassar made her notes on anything that came to
hand. 22. I thought I was going to be on leave too. 23. She glanced,
as though by accident, at the table of football players. 24. “I should
have remembered that she had herself so well in hand,” Mrs. Slade
thought. 25. She held something in her hands. 26. How many thea­
187
tres are there in your town? 27. What is on at the cinema near
your house?
Ex. 118. I. a. 2. the. 3. a, a. 4. the. 5. the. 6. a. 7. an. 8. the.
9. a. 10. a. 11. the. 12. a. 13. the. 14. a. 15. a. 16. the. 17. a. 18. a.
19. an. 20. a. 21. a. 22. —. 23. a. 24. a. 25. a. 26. a, a. 27. a. 28. an.
29. —.
Ex. 119. 1. How lovely a child you have brought with you!
2. ‘ What a day we are having to-dayl” he said, “Let’s start at once.”
3. Both the girls looked excited, though they tried to pretend that
nothing serious had happened. 4. “You must be more generous
than that,” he said in such a simple way that she was touched. 5.
You could stay say no more than half the year. 6. AH five trains
stopped at all the stations. 7. As you can imagine I was utterly
taken aback by such an address. 8. Poirot was afraid that another
death may follow, so he took all the necessary precautions. 9. There
was a rather awkward silence. 10. She looked out obediently at
the rather bare plain with its low trees. 11. When he got to his
room he turned on all the lights. 12. The man has rather a low
reputation. 13. There’s quite a long description of the experiment
in this book. 14. She doubted the exactness of so large a bill. 15.
Quite an unusual panic gripped him. 16. It was too difficult a
task. 17. “What a day for a walk!” thought Carrie. 18. It’s too
tough a game for you. 19. How famous a school you are going to.
20. She was so young a wife and so pretty.
Ex. 121. 1. —, —. 2. a. 3. the. 4. the, the. 5. the. 6. the.
7. the. 8. the. 9. —. 10. a. 11. a. 12. a, the. 13. a. 14. a. 15. a.
16. a. 17. the. 18. an, a. 19. —, a. 20. the. 21. —, —, a. 22. a. 23. a.
Ex. 122. I. —, —, —. 2. the. 3. a. 4. —>—. 5. —. 6. —. 7. the.
8.
. 9. —, —. 10. the. 11. —. 12. the. 13. —. 14. the. 15. the,
the. 16. —. 17. —. 18. the, —, —. 19. the, the. 20. the, —. 21. —.
22. the. 23. the. 24.the. 25. —. 26. —, —. 27. an. 28. the. 29. —, —.
30. the. 31. —, the.
Ex. 123. 1. the. 2. the. 3. the. 4. the, the. 5. —. 6. the..7. —.
8. —. 9. the, —. 10. the, —. 11. the. 12. the. 13. the. 14. —. 15. the,
the. 16. the. 17. —. 18. the. 19. —. 20. —. 21. the. 22. the.
Ex. 124. 1. —. 2. the. 3. the. 4. —. 5. —. 6. —. 7. the. 8. the.
9. the. 10. —. 11. the. 12. —. 13. —. 14. the, the. 15. —. 16. the.
17. the. 18. the, the, the. 19. the, the. 20. —. 21. the. 22, the,
the, the. 23. the.
Ex. 125. 1. —, the, the, —. 2. —, —, the, the. 3. the. 4. —,
tne. 5. —. 6. the, —. 7. —. 8. the. 9. the. 10. the. 11. the. 12.
tne, —. 13. —. 14. the. 15. —, —. 16. —. 17. the. 18. the, —. 19.
20. the. 21. an, —. 22. the, —. 23. the. 24. —, —. 25. the. 26.
—, —, —. 27. the. 28. the, —, 29. the, the, the,
188
Ex. 126. 1. the, 2. the. 3. the, the, —. 4. the. 5. —. 6. the.
7. —, the, —, —. 8. the. 9. —, —. 10. the. 11. —. 12. —, —. 13. the,
the. 14. the. 15. —. 16. the. 17. —, —. 18. the. 19. the. 20. the.
21. the. 22. —, —, —, —. 23. —, —. 24. the. 25. the. 26. —. 27. the.
28. —. 29. the, —. 30. the, —. 31. —, —. 32. the. 33. —, the. 34,
—, the. 35. the, the. 36. —, —, —. 37. the. 38. —. 39. the. 40. —.
41. —, —. 42. the, the. 43. the, —. 44. the, the, the, the. 45. the.
46. —. 47. the. 48. the. 49. —, —. 50. the. 51. the, the. 52. —, a.
53. —, the, the, the.
Ex. (27. the, the, t^e, —, a, the, —, a, the, —, the, the,
the, the, a, an, the, the, the, Z the, a, —, —, the, a, a, —, a, —, —,
— —, —, —, —, —, —, the, Z a, the, —, the, the, —, the, the, the,
—, the, —, —, the, —, —, —, a, —, the, the, —, a, the, —, the,
a, the, the, —, —, —, —, —, the , —, a.
Ex. 128. the, the, the, the, the, a, —, the, the, the, the, a, —,
the, the, —, the, the, a, —, —, the, Z the, the, —, the, the, —,
the, the, the, the, the, the, the, the, the, —, —, —, —, —, the,
the, the, the, the, the, the, the, Z the, the, —, the, — (the), the,
— (the), the, the, Z the, the, the, —, —, the, the, —, —, —, —, —,
—, the, the, the, the, Z the, —, the, a, —, —, —, the, —, the, the,
*~i » i » —
■*» 2 the, the, ,
> —, the, —,—
—,—-, —, Z the,
the, the, —, —, —, —, —, —, the, —, the, the, —.
Ex. 129. the, Z the, the, —, —, —, —, —, —, —, the, the,
the, Z —, —, —, —, —, —, —, —, —, the, the, a, a, a, a, the, Z
the, the, the, the, the, a, the, the, —, —, the, the, the, Z a, a, —,
the, the, —, the, —, the, —, the, —, — Z the, the, the, Z —, the,
—, the, the, —, —, a, the, the, —, —, —, Z the, the, —, the, the,
the, —, the, the, —, —, the, the, —, —, —, —, —,
Ex. 130. the, —, —, —, the, the, Z —, —, —, —, the, —, Z
the, the, the, —, —, the, the, the, the, —, the,Z —, —, —, —,
—, —, —, —, —, —, —, Z the, the, —, the, the, the, a, the, —, —,
—, —, —, —, a, the, the, the, —, the, the, the, a, —, the, —, Z
the, an, —, —, —, —, the, the, the, —, the, —, the, —, the, a,
the, the, the, Z the, the, —, —, the, the, —, the, —, —, Z —, —,
—, —, —, the, —", ,
a, Z —, the,
, , the,
, a, —,
the, —, —, —, —, the.
Ex. 131. 1. When Montanelli and Arthur entered their room
in the hotel, they saw that the plants Arthur had been gathering
during their morning walk in the mountains had begun to wither.
“They should have been put in water immediately, Arthur,” said
Montanelly reprovingli, “How could you forget it?”
189
“I don’t know, Padre,” answered Arthur. “I should not have left
them lying this way. Something must have disturbed me and 1 for­
got about the plants.”
“They should be sorted and dried up at once. If we wait for the
heat to abate, they may wither completely. Let’s go to the terrace,
Probably it is not so hot there.”
2. Montanelli and Arthur took their plants, Arthur’s specimen
box and plunged into a discussion in Italian.
Two English artists were sitting on the terrace, one sketching
the other lazily chatting. It did not seem to have occurred to him
that the strangers might understand English.
‘‘Leave off your landscape, W illie,” he said, “better look at
the Italian boy. How inspired he looks! He seems to have descended
from an old Italian picture. Really, if he had a crucifix in his
raised hand and not the magnifying glass, one could paint an early
Christian from him.”
“Yes,” said the other, looking fixedly at both of them. “The
youth really looks as if descended from an ancient picture, but he
is not half so picturesque as his father. What a noble and tragic
face he has.”
“Who?”
“His father. Can’t you see how much they resemble each other?”
“How dare you say it, Willie. Can’t you see by his dress that
he is a priest? He can’t be his father.”
“I see, so he is! Yes, I forgot that priests can’t marry. Well,
then, we'll be charitable and suppose that the boy is not his son.
He may be his nephew.”
“What idiotic people!” Arthur whispered. “Still, it is kind
of them to think me like you; I wish I were really your nephew.
Padre, what is the matter? How white you are! Shall I help you?
How can I help you?”
“No, you needn't.”
Montanelli was standing up, pressing one hand to the forehead,
“I am a little giddy,” he said in a curiously faint voice. “We must
have walked too long this morning. I shouldn’t have been so much
in the sun. I will go and lie down. It’s nothing but the heat.”
Ex. 132. Mary Cochran went out of the house where she lived
with her father, Doctor Lester Cochran, at seven o’clock on a Sunday
evening. It was June of the year nineteen hundred and eight and
Mary was eighteen years old. She had told her father she was
going to church but did not intend doing anything of this kind.
The evening was too fine to be spent sitting in a stuffy church
and having a man talk of things that had nothing to do with her
own problems. Her own affairs were approaching a crisis and it
was time for her to begin thinking seriously of her future.
190
The matter was that on the evening before without preliminary
talk her father had told her that he had a heart disease of which
he might die at any moment. Hearing the announcement Mary
turned pale and her hand trembled. The doctor tried to reassure
her. “There now, don't worry,” he said hesitatingly. “It'll likely
be all right after all. I have been a doctor for thirty years and I
know that man with a disease of the heart may live for years. I've
even heard that the best way to insure a long life is to contract a
disease of the heart. I’ve told you about the disease for one reason—
I will leave little money and you must start making plans for the
future,”
Издательская группа «АСТ» предлагает
широкий выбор книг по домоводству, кулинарии и медицине.
А также разнообразную художественную, учебную
и детскую литературу на любой вкус.
Все эти и многие другие издания вы можете
приобрести по почте, заказав
БЕСПЛАТНЫЙ КАТАЛОГ
по адресу: 107140, Москва, а/я 140. «Книги по почте».
По вопросам оптовой покупки книг
обращаться по адресу:
Звездный бульвар, д. 21, 7 этаж
Тел. 215-43-38, 215-01-01, 215-55-13
Учебное издание
Бармина Лхщия Алексеевна
Верховская Ирина Петровна
ПРАКТИКУМ
ПО АНГЛИЙСКОМУ ЯЗЫКУ:
АРТИКЛИ
(на английском языке)
Ответственный редактор Л. И. Кравцова
Корректор 3. Ф. Юрескул
Компьютерный дизайн обложки Д. А. Зябрева
Подписано в печать 22.08.2000. Формат 84x108 Уз*
Уел. печ. л. 10,29. Тираж 5000 экз. Заказ № 415.
Гигиеническое заключение
№ 77.99.14.953.П. 12850.7.00 от 14.07.2000 г.
Налоговая льгота — общероссийский классификатор
продукции ОК-00-93, том 2; 953000—книги, брошюры
ООО «Издательство Астрель». ЛР № 066647 от 07.06.99
143900, Московская область, г. Балашиха, проспект Ленина, 81
ООО «Издательство ACT*. ИД № 00017 от 16.08.99 г.
366720, Республика Ингушетия, г. Назрань, ул. Кирова, 13.
Наши элекзронные адреса; www.ast.ru
E-mail; astpub@aharu
Отпечатано с готовых диапозитивов
в ОАО «Рыбинский Дом печати*
152901, г. Рыбинск, ул. Чкалова, 8.
Download